INCONVENIENT TRUTHS

 

"We Americans are the ultimate innocents. We are forever desperate to believe that this time the government is telling us the truth."

Sydney Schanberg

 

"America is the most destructive nation in history. We have overthrown more than 50 foreign governments; we have attempted to assassinate or have assassinated more than 50 foreign leaders; we have bombed more than 35 countries; we have interfered in the elections of dozens of countries."

William Blum, 2016

 

"If you think any American official is going to tell you the truth, then you're stupid."

Arthur Sylvester, assistant secretary of defense for public affairs, to American journalists, 1965

 

"During times of universal deceit, telling the truth becomes a revolutionary act."

George Orwell

 

"The United States never intended to rebuild Iraq. The United States has a long record of bombing nations, reducing entire neighborhoods, and much of cities, to rubble, wrecking the infrastructure, ruining the lives of those the bombs didn't kill. And afterward doing shockingly little or literally nothing to repair the damage."

General William McCoy, Army Corps of Engineers

 

"American leaders are perhaps not so much immoral as they are amoral. It's not that they take pleasure in causing so much death and suffering. It's that they just don't care. The same that could be said about a sociopath. As long as the death and suffering advance the agenda of the empire, as long as the right people and the right corporations gain wealth and power and privilege and prestige, as long as the death and suffering aren't happening to them or people close to them, then they just don't care about it happening to other people, including the American soldiers. American leaders would not be in the positions they hold if they were bothered by such things."

William Blum

 

"The question is not how to get good people to rule; the question is how to stop the powerful from doing as much damage as they can to us."

Karl Popper

 

"There is no such thing, at this date of the world's history, in America, as an independent press. You know it and I know it.
There is not one of you who dares to write your honest opinions, and if you did, you know beforehand that it would never appear in print. I am paid weekly for keeping my honest opinion out of the paper I am connected with. Others of you are paid similar salaries for similar things, and any of you who would be so foolish as to write honest opinions would be out on the streets looking for another job. If I allowed my honest opinions to appear in one issue of my paper, before twenty-four hours my occupation would be gone.
The business of the journalists is to destroy the truth, to lie outright, to pervert, to vilify, to fawn at the feet of mammon, and to sell his country and his race for his daily bread. You know it and I know it, and what folly is this toasting an independent press?
We are the tools and vassals of rich men behind the scenes. We are the jumping jacks, they pull the strings and we dance. Our talents, our possibilities and our lives are all the property of other men. We are intellectual prostitutes."

John Swinton, preeminent New York journalist, at a press banquet,1880

 

"A populace deprived of the ability to separate lies from truth, is no longer capable of sustaining a free society."

Chris Hedges

 

"Democracy is dead in the United States and the forces of tyranny and authoritarianism offer no apologies for their hatred of democracy and the culture of poverty, immiseration, and cruelty that they want to impose on the American people, if not the rest of the world."

Henry Giroux

 

"The Japanese pilots who bombed Pearl Harbor were being patriotic. The German people who supported Hitler and his conquests were being patriotic - fighting for the Fatherland. All the Latin American military dictators who overthrew democratically elected governments and routinely tortured people were being patriotic - saving their beloved country from 'communism'."

William Blum

 

"If leisure and security were enjoyed by all alike, the great mass of human beings who are normally stupefied by poverty would become literate and would learn to think for themselves; and when once they had done this, they would sooner or later realize that the privileged minority had no function, and they would sweep it away. In the long run, a hierarchical society was only possible on the basis of poverty and ignorance."

from George Orwell's 1949 novel "1984"

 

 

The Emperor's New Clothes

 

In Hans Christian Andersen's tale "The Emperor's New Clothes", the Emperor's subjects applauded his 'non-existent' magnificent new set of clothes, because they had been conditioned to believe whatever the Emperor and his officials told them, even to the extent of denying what they saw with their own eyes. It took an innocent child to declare: "The Emperor isn't wearing anything at all."

In our time, Americans have been conditioned - by official pronouncements, mainstream media repetition and public relations campaigns - to believe that verifiable events, even things they have seen with their own eyes, did not really happen. Lies and disinformation have replaced truth, and people have set aside their capacity to think critically, accepting explanations of events which are false, or even absurd.

This website challenges people to rediscover their critical thinking skills, and to look anew at the 'conventional wisdom' about some important issues and historical events that may conflict with reason and common sense, and to consider some inconvenient truths about America, and its role in the world.

 

 

"Those who can make you believe absurdities can make you commit atrocities."

Voltaire

 

"This is your last chance. After this, there is no turning back. You take the blue pill - the story ends, you wake up in your bed and believe whatever you want to believe. You take the red pill - you stay in Wonderland, and I show you how deep the rabbit hole goes. Remember: all I'm offering is the truth. Nothing more."

from the movie "The Matrix"

 

 

WEBSITES TO VISIT

 

THIRD WORLD TRAVELER

 

HOW THE WORLD REALLY WORKS

 

BEYOND THE MEDIA MATRIX

 

PATHOCRACY: THE GLOBAL ORDER

 

CRITICAL THINKER

 

REAL WORLD ORDER

 

THE PLUTOCRACY CARTEL

 

GLOBAL KLEPTOCRACY

 

 

BARBARIANS IN SUITS

 

 

INDEX

WHY ARE AMERICANS SO IGNORANT?

DID THE AMERICAN "DEEP STATE" KILL JOHN KENNEDY ?

WHAT IS THE TRUTH ABOUT THE 9/11 WORLD TRADE CENTER AND PENTAGON ATTACKS?

IS AMERICA STILL A DEMOCRACY?

THE VACCINE CATASTROPHE

WHAT ARE 'FALSE FLAGS' AND WHY DO THEY MATTER?

WAR ON DRUGS & WAR ON TERRORISM

ISLAMIC TERRORISM AND CHAOS IN THE MIDDLE EAST

IS NEOLIBERAL AUSTERITY IN THE U.S. AND EUROPE A STEP TOWARD A GLOBAL GRAND MERGER?

WHY IS THE UNITED STATES PROVOKING WAR WITH RUSSIA AND CHINA?

NOT ALL CONSPIRACIES ARE THEORIES

WILL FASCISM TRIUMPH IN AMERICA?

WHY DON'T "HUMAN RIGHTS" INCLUDE BASIC HUMAN NEEDS?

IS MAN-MADE CLIMATE CHANGE A HOAX?

IS HEALTHCARE IN THE U.S. CONTROLLED BY A MEDICAL/PHARMA MAFIA?

ARE WHISLEBLOWERS OUR REAL HEROES?

DOES A GLOBAL RULING ELITE OF IMMENSE WEALTH RUN THE WORLD?

FORGET LEFT AND RIGHT / LIBERAL AND CONSERVATIVE / DEMOCRAT AND REPUBLICAN

DOES A GLOBAL BANKING CARTEL CONTROL THE CURRENCIES AND ECONOMIES OF ALL NATIONS?

DO A FEW DOZEN GIANT CORPORATIONS DOMINATE THE GLOBAL ECONOMY?

DOES A PENTAGON-INDUSTRIAL-BANKING COMPLEX RUN AMERICA?

WE HAVE A GLOBAL DEBT-BASED FRACTIONAL-RESERVE FIAT MONETARY SYSTEM

HOW MUCH INFLUENCE DO COVERT GLOBAL POWER CENTERS HAVE?

WHAT ARE GLOBAL GOVERNANCE ORGANIZATIONS?

EMPIRE OF CHAOS

IS THE FIRST WORLD RESPONSIBLE FOR THE MISERY IN THE THIRD WORLD?

WHY DOES THE U.S. LOVE DICTATORS AND HATE POPULARLY-ELECTED LEADERS?

WHO BENEFITS FROM THE GLOBAL DRUG TRADE?

WHAT IS THE NEW WORLD ORDER?

IS PATHOCRACY THE GLOBAL ORDER?

WHY DO THEY HATE US?

ARE OUR LEADERS MODERN-DAY BARBARIANS?

DID GEORGE ORWELL'S NOVEL "1984" PREDICT OUR FUTURE?

PREPARE FOR A PLUTOCRAT-CONTROLLED NEOLIBERAL ECONOMIC ORDER AND GLOBAL AUTHORITARIANISM

REPORT FROM IRON MOUNTAIN - book

NONE DARE CALL IT CONSPIRACY - book

PROTOCOLS OF THE LEARNED ELDERS OF ZION - book

 

 

WHY ARE AMERICANS SO IGNORANT?

OUR SCHOOLS AND THE CORPORATE MEDIA HAVE SO DUMBED US DOWN THAT WE NO LONGER RECOGNIZE TRUTH FROM LIES, FACT FROM FICTION.
WE WANT HONEST OBJECTIVE REPORTING FROM TELEVISION NEWS (AS WELL AS NEWSPAPERS, MAGAZINES AND RADIO), BUT INSTEAD GET BIASED OPINION, MISINFORMATION AND PROPAGANDA.
IT'S TIME TO TURN OFF THE TUBE, AND SEARCH FOR THE TRUTH - OUTSIDE OF THE CORPORATE MEDIA MATRIX.

"The major news media serve at the pleasure of a commercial oligarchy that pays them, and pays them handsomely, for their pretense of speaking truth to power... The prominent figures in our contemporary Washington press corps regard themselves as government functionaries, enabling and codependent."

Lewis H. Lapham

 

"We have a large public that is very ignorant about public affairs.
... Shortly, the public will be unable to reason or think for themselves. They'll only be able to parrot the information they've been given on the previous night's news."

Zbigniew Brzezinski

 

"Americans are too broadly underinformed to digest nuggets of information that seem to contradict what they know of the world . Instead, news channels prefer to feed Americans a constant stream of simplified information, all of which fits what they already know. That way they don't have to devote more air time or newsprint space to explanations or further investigations. Politicians and the media have conspired to infantilize, to dumb down, the American public. At heart, politicians don't believe that Americans can handle complex truths, and the news media, especially television news, basically agrees."

Tom Fenton, former CBS foreign correspondent

 

"Under existing conditions, private capitalists inevitably control, directly or indirectly, the main sources of information (press, radio, education). It is thus extremely difficult, and indeed in most cases quite impossible, for the individual citizen to come to objective conclusions and to make intelligent use of his political rights."

Albert Einstein, Monthly Review, 1949

 

"A nation in which 87 percent of eighteen- to twenty-four year olds (according to a 2002 National Geographic Society/Roper Poll survey) cannot locate Iran or Iraq on a world map and 11 percent cannot locate the United States, is not merely "intellectually sluggish." It would be more accurate to call it moronic, capable of being fooled into believing anything."

Morris Berman in his book "The Twilight of American Culture"

 

"Nearly a third of the nation's population is illiterate or barely literate. A third of high-school graduates never read another book for the rest of their lives, and neither do 42 percent of college graduates. In 2007, 80 percent of the families in the United States did not buy or read a book."

Chris Hedges

 

"There is no such thing as human nature. Human nature is culture. It is a product of education. When you construct an educational system and a public discourse where there is an almost total lack of critical, analytical thinking, where you refuse to strengthen individual human beings capable of autonomous judgment, human beings aware of their experiences and feelings, responsible for their deeds and relationship to the other, you destroy what is fundamental to an open society. It becomes exclusively about collective image, meaning collective narcissism."

Elzbieta Janicka - cultural anthropologist

 

"If one is to measure the degree of brainwashing of a particular population by the gap between what a people believe about their country and what their country has actually done, the American people are easily the most brainwashed population in the world."

William Blum

 

"Governments don't want well-informed, well-educated people capable of critical thinking, That is against their interests. They want obedient workers, people who are just smart enough to run the machines and do the paperwork, and just dumb enough to passively accept it."

George Carlin

 

"The ability to amplify lies, to repeat them and have surrogates repeat them in endless loops of news cycles, gives lies and mythical narratives the aura of uncontested truth.
... When opinions cannot be distinguished from facts, when there is no universal standard to determine truth in law, in science, in scholarship, or in reporting the events of the day, when the most valued skill is the ability to entertain, the world becomes a place where lies become true, where people can believe what they want to believe."

Chris Hedges

 

"A cynical, mercenary, demagogic press will produce in time a people as base as itself."

Joseph Pulitzer

 

"There is no such thing, at this date of the world's history, in America, as an independent press. You know it and I know it.
There is not one of you who dares to write your honest opinions, and if you did, you know beforehand that it would never appear in print. I am paid weekly for keeping my honest opinion out of the paper I am connected with. Others of you are paid similar salaries for similar things, and any of you who would be so foolish as to write honest opinions would be out on the streets looking for another job. If I allowed my honest opinions to appear in one issue of my paper, before twenty-four hours my occupation would be gone.
The business of the journalists is to destroy the truth, to lie outright, to pervert, to vilify, to fawn at the feet of mammon, and to sell his country and his race for his daily bread. You know it and I know it, and what folly is this toasting an independent press?
We are the tools and vassals of rich men behind the scenes. We are the jumping jacks, they pull the strings and we dance. Our talents, our possibilities and our lives are all the property of other men. We are intellectual prostitutes."

John Swinton, preeminent New York journalist, at a press banquet,1880

 

"Consumers of news, if fed American-exceptionalism junk food long enough, come to feel at home with it, equate it with objectivity, with getting the truth; it appears neutral and unbiased, like the old comfortable living-room sofa they're sitting on as they watch NBC or CNN. They view the 'alternative media,' with a style rather different from what they're accustomed to, as not being 'objective'."

William Blum

 

"Civic literacy in the United States is not simply in decline, it is the object of scorn and derision. The corporate controlled media have abandoned even the pretense of holding power accountable and now primarily serve as second rate entertainment venues spouting the virtues of consumerism, greed and American exceptionalism."

Henry Giroux

 

"As news organizations are increasingly driven by a bottom-line mentality, the news we get becomes more and more sensational. What is the difference between Time and Newsweek? Between ABC, NBC, and CBS News? Between the Washington Post and the New York Times? For all practical purposes, none. The concentration of media power means that Americans increasingly get their information from a few sources who decide what is "news."

Oliver Stone

 

"It is not at all uncommon to grow to adulthood in the United States, even to graduate from university, and know remarkably little about the exceptionally harmful foreign policy of the government."

William Blum

 

"They don't educate our kids, they indoctrinate our kids. It's a propaganda machine."

Ron Paul

 

"The mainstream media is a conglomerate of collective corporate thought, designed to make you ignorant and unaware of the realities of the world, of the important issues, and to hide in the shadows the sacredly guarded truths of power. Our mainstream media - the large newspapers, radio and TV news stations - are dominated by billion dollar corporations, whose boards of directors reflect the 'who's who' of the corporate, political, and financial elite, with former government officials, industrialists, and bankers controlling the dispersal of information and the perspectives we are given."

Andrew Gavin Marshall

 

"We are all born ignorant, but we must work hard to remain stupid."

Benjamin Franklin

 

"Many Americans, whether consciously or unconsciously, actually pride themselves on their ignorance... It's also a source of satisfaction that they have a president - George W. Bush - who's no smarter than they are."

William Blum in his book "Freeing the World to Death"

 

"Television journalism is largely a farce. Celebrity reporters, masquerading as journalists, make millions a year and give a platform to the powerful and the famous so they can spin, equivocate, and lie.
... It is not one or two reporters or television hosts who are corrupt. The media institutions are corrupt. Many in the media, especially those based in Washington, work shamelessly for our elites."

Chris Hedges

 

"We have a large public that is very ignorant about public affairs and very susceptible to simplistic slogans by candidates who appear out of nowhere, have no track record, but mouth appealing slogans."

Zbigniew Brzezinski

 

"Most Americans have no idea that what we are fed by the news media is nothing more than a portrayal of what powerful corporations want us to believe, that what happens to pass as education is as often as not mere propaganda, that what we learn in church may have very little or nothing to do with the truth, that what our parents teach us may be nothing more than an accumulation of their own personal biases, no doubt a rather subtle modification of what they were taught by their parents. And through such a process, governments and nations around the world wield control as to what their citizens, believe, value, and do."

Doug Soderstrom

 

"Americans are wonderfully courteous to strangers, yet indiscriminately shoot kids in schools. They believe they are masters of the world, yet know nothing about what goes on outside their shores. They are people who believe the world stretches from California to Boston and everything outside is the bit they have to bomb to keep the price of oil down. Only one in five Americans hold a passport and the only foreign stories that make their news are floods, famine, and wars, because it makes them feel good to be an American. Feeling good to be American is what they live for. "

Brian Reade, London columnist

 

"What the press do is they tell you lies, lies they already know you want to hear. The press can figure out what its readers or viewers believe, and make a hell of a living pandering to their egos and telling them that they're smart. They lie and tell the audience they are right, and they never have to change your mind about anything. And the audience rewards them, lauding them and paying them money to keep hearing those sweet, self-serving lies."

Allan Uthman

 

"To repeat what others have said requires education, to challenge it requires brains."

Mary Pettibone Poole

 

"Germans in the Third Reich and Soviet citizens in the Stalin era had a better idea of their government's agendas than do Americans today. The American people are the most uninformed people in modern history."

Paul Craig Roberts

 

"People who watch no "news" at all have more knowledge of international affairs than people who watch MSNBC or Fox News."

blacklistednews.com

 

"Americans don't understand that terrorists cannot take away habeas corpus, the Bill of Rights, or the Constitution. Terrorists are not anything like the threat that we face to the Bill of Rights and the Constitution from our own government in the name of fighting terrorism."

Paul Craig Roberts

 

"In a consumer society, people are concerned not about the world, not about life, not about freedom and democracy. They are concerned about buying things. So, that keeps them distracted, and it ultimately keeps them stupid, and essentially useless, except for serving the function of continuing to consume until they die."

Andrew Gavin Marshall

 

"The general public are viewed as no more than ignorant and meddlesome outsiders, a bewildered herd. And it's the responsible men who have to make decisions and to protect society from the trampling and rage of the bewildered herd. Now since it's a democracy they - the herd, that is - are permitted occasionally to lend their weight to one or another member of the responsible class. That's called an election."

Noam Chomsky

 

"In an age of instant emotional gratification, we neither seek nor want honesty or reality. Reality is complicated. Reality is boring. We are incapable or unwilling to handle its confusion. We ask to be indulged and comforted by clichés, stereotypes, and inspirational messages that tell us we can be whoever we seek to be, that we live in the greatest country on earth, that we are endowed with superior moral and physical qualities, and that our future will always be glorious and prosperous, either because of our own attributes or our national character or because we are blessed by God. In this world, all that matters is the consistency of our belief systems."

Chris Hedges

 

"The conventional view serves to protect us from the painful job of thinking."

John Kenneth Galbraith

 

"Can anyone name a single daily newspaper in the United States that is unequivocally opposed to US foreign policy? Can anyone name a single television network in the United States that is unequivocally opposed to US foreign policy? Is there a single daily newspaper or TV network in the entire United States that has earned the label "opposition media"?"

William Blum

 

"The media are a pitiful lot. They don't give us any history, they don't give us any analysis, they don't tell us anything. They don't raise the most basic questions: Who has the most weapons of mass destruction in the world by far? Who has used weapons of mass destruction more than any other nation? Who has killed more people in this world with weapons of mass destruction than any other nation? The answer: the United States."

Howard Zinn

 

"An education isn't how much you have committed to memory, or even how much you know. It's being able to differentiate between what you know and what you don't."

Anatolie France

 

"The New York Times is the house organ of the Establishment. It is committed, both editorially and in its presentation of the news, to the interests of an Establishment: continuity, security and legitimacy. Therefore they generally support business and finance, the American version of empire, the government and the president, until, and unless, some excess is so egregious that it poses a threat to continuity, security or legitimacy."

Larry Beinhart

 

"The main media bias is in favor of the thieves who stole our country and economy, and own the mainstream media companies. The omnipresent mainstream media is the greatest weapon of oppression humanity has ever known."

David DeGraw

 

"It takes a lot of repetition while an American is growing up to inculcate the message into their young consciousness, and lots more repetition later on. The education of an American true-believer is ongoing, continuous - schoolbooks, comic books, church sermons, Hollywood films, all forms of media, all the time; hardened into historical concrete."

William Blum

 

"Television, a medium built around the skillful manipulation of images, ones that can overpower reality, is our primary form of mass communication.
... If a person is not seen on television, on some level he or she is not important. Television confers authority and power. It is the final arbitrator for what matters in life."

Chris Hedges

 

"The main shortcoming of the establishment media lies in errors of omission, much more than errors of commission. It's not that they tell bald lies so much as it is that they leave out parts of stories or entire stories, or historical reminders, which if included might put the issue in a whole new light, in a way not compatible with their political biases."

William Blum

 

"Thinking is skilled work. It is not true that we are naturally endowed with the ability to think clearly and logically - without learning how or without practicing."

Alfred Mander

 

"I never saw a foreign intervention that the New York Times did not support, never saw a fare increase or a rent increase or a utility rate increase that it did not endorse, never saw it take the side of labor in a strike or lockout, or advocate a raise for underpaid workers. And don't let me get started on universal health care and Social Security. So why do people think the Times is liberal?"

New York Times reporter John Hess

 

"Even open-minded people will often find themselves unable to take seriously the likes of Noam Chomsky, Edward Herman, Howard Zinn and Susan George on first encountering their work; it just does not seem possible that we could be so mistaken in what we believe. The individual may assume that these writers must be somehow joking, wildly over-stating the case, paranoid, or have some sort of axe to grind. We may actually become angry with them for telling us these terrible things about our society and insist that this simply 'can't be true'. It takes real effort to keep reading, to resist the reassuring messages of the mass media and be prepared to consider the evidence again."

David Edwards

 

"Most newspapers are part of huge conglomerates, and the policy that comes down is that you don't rock any boats. You can't make the government upset because the value of the company is the broadcast licenses, and the government will not renew them, and we can't make our corporate owners mad because they will fire us, and we can't make the advertisers mad or they will pull their advertising. So the media can't say anything that will upset the power structure. And that's what has happened to the press."

Paul Craig Roberts

 

"The flight into illusion sweeps away the core values of the open society. It corrodes the ability to think for oneself, to draw independent conclusions, to express dissent when judgment and common sense tell you something is wrong, to be self-critical, to challenge authority, to grasp historical facts, to advocate for change, and to acknowledge that there are other views, different ways, and structures of being that are morally and socially acceptable. A populace deprived of the ability to separate lies from truth, that has become hostage to the fictional semblance of reality put forth by pseudo-events, is no longer capable of sustaining a free society."

Chris Hedges

 

"They were astonished to find, after reading the newspapers and watching television, that almost all the opinions on all the vital issues were the same.
One Russian writer asked: 'In our country to get that result we have a dictatorship. We imprison people. We torture them. Here you have none of that. How do you do it? What's the secret?'"

the recounting of a story about Russian writers touring the United States

 

"Images sent over thousands of miles, well-lit anchors who seem alert to everything of importance taking place in our world, field reporters in far-flung places who pop up and respond instantly to the television anchors and deliver close-up accounts of vital events.
And the same important faces of government leaders who, day after day, are struggling to improve our destiny against great odds, against intransigent enemies of progress.
All this is delivered to us in the space of a few minutes, each night, like clockwork.
The news presents that little show of magic which the people sorely need. The need never dies. It's eternal.
The television anchors can be obvious oafs, hucksters, cheap con artists.
They can twist the truth, burn it, hide it, step on it, reverse it; it doesn't matter."

Jon Rappoport

 

"Education is not the learning of facts, but the training of the mind to think."

Albert Einstein

 

"Americas don't want to know that all the wars in their country's history were fought because of greed. That Hitler would never have become so powerful without US banks financing his war machine, without Ford and other US corporations supplying equipment, and without IBM organizing his 'work camps'. That Roosevelt precipitated the attack on Pearl Harbor, and knew it was coming. That Truman dropped the bombs on Hiroshima and Nagasaki, fully understanding that Japan wanted desperately to surrender. Don't tell them about the sordid history behind the Korean and Vietnam Wars. Don't tell them that all those millions of innocent rice farmers and thousands of American kids died for Wall Street. Don't even mention that Oswald had nothing to do with John Kennedy's execution, nor that Bobby Kennedy, John Kennedy Jr., MLK, Malcom X, and Paul Wellstone were slaughtered because they refused to cooperate fully with the US war machine.
Americans don't want to know that the official government explanation of the attacks of 9/11 is perhaps the greatest fairytale since "Alice in Wonderland"."

John R. Hall

 

DID THE AMERICAN "DEEP STATE" KILL JOHN KENNEDY ?
John Kennedy / Robert Kennedy / Martin Luther King

WHAT IS THE 'DEEP STATE'?

"The term 'Deep State' describes a system composed of high-level elements within the intelligence services, military, security, judiciary and organized crime.
... It is a hybrid association of elements of government and parts of top-level finance and industry that is effectively able to govern the United States without reference to the consent of the governed as expressed through the formal political process."

former congressional staff member Mike Lofgren

 

"The "deep state" refers to a parallel secret government, organized by the intelligence and security apparatus, financed by drugs, and engaging in illicit violence, to protect the interests of the military against threats from intellectuals and the constitutional government.
... The "deep state" is the interface in America between the public, the constitutionally established state, and the deep forces of wealth, power, and violence outside the government."

Peter Dale Scott

 

"The "deep state" consists of individuals across all elements within and external to the government, who in the aggregate are able to leverage government capabilities while violating, with impunity, all Constitutional checks and balances. Related to this is the matter of funding and reach - if you follow the money, where do you end up? From New York banks to Texas energy to global drugs, there is a criminal network that is above the law and above the state."

Daniel Sheehan

 

"There is an amorphous group of unelected corporate lawyers, bankers, and intelligence and military officials who form an American "deep state," setting real limits on the rare politicians who ever try to get out of line. They collaborate with and nurture their deep state counterparts in other countries, to whom they feel far more loyalty than their fellow citizens. The minions of the deep state hate and fear even the mildest moves towards democracy, and fight against it by any means available to them. They're not all-powerful and don't get exactly what they want, but on the issues that matter most they almost always win in the end. And while all this is mostly right there in the open, discernible by anyone who's curious and has a library card, if you don't go looking you will never hear a single word about it."

Jon Schwarz

 

"There is another government - a Deep State - concealed behind the one that is visible at either end of Pennsylvania Avenue, a hybrid entity of public and private institutions, ruling the country according to consistent patterns in season and out, connected to, but only intermittently controlled by, the visible state whose leaders we choose."

former congressional staff member Mike Lofgren

 

"The forces dominating both political parties are now so powerful, so affluent, and above all so invested in the profits from war-making, that a president is farther than ever from challenging this power."

Peter Dale Scott

 

"Wall Street may be the ultimate owner of the Deep State and its strategies, if for no other reason than that it has the money to reward government operatives with a second career that is lucrative beyond the dreams of avarice - certainly beyond the dreams of a salaried government employee."

former congressional staff member Mike Lofgren

 

"CIA Director Leon Panetta advised Obama that "no Democratic president can go against military advice. So just do it. Do what they say"."

Peter Dale Scott

 

"The deep state is alleged to be a group of influential anti-democratic coalitions within the political system, composed of high-level elements within the intelligence services (domestic and foreign). The notion of deep state is similar to that of a "state within the state". For those who believe in its existence, the political agenda of the deep state involves an allegiance to nationalism, corporatism, and state interests. Violence and other means of pressure have historically been employed in a largely covert manner to manipulate political and economic elites and ensure that the needs of specific interests are met within the seemingly democratic framework of the political landscape.
The outlook and behavior of the elites who constitute the deep state, and work to uphold national interests, are shaped by an entrenched belief that the country is always "on the brink"."

Wikipedia (excerpted)

 

"One factor linking Dallas, Watergate, Iran-Contra, and 9/11, has been the involvement of personnel involved in America's highest-level emergency planning, known since the 1950s as Continuity of Government (COG).
This planning group is one part of the American deep state, along with agencies like the CIA and NSA, the private groups like Booz Allen Hamilton to which more than half of the US intelligence budget is outsourced, and finally the powerful banks and corporations whose views are well represented in the CIA and NSA."

Peter Dale Scott

 

"All complex societies have an establishment, a social network committed to its own enrichment and perpetuation."

former congressional staff member Mike Lofgren

 

"Dick Cheney and Donald Rumsfeld were a part of the permanent, though hidden, national security apparatus of the United States, inhabitants of a world in which Presidents come and go, but America always keeps on fighting."

Peter Dale Scott

 

WHO KILLED PRESIDENT JOHN KENNEDY?

"In the summer of 1963, the leaders of the military-industrial complex could see storm clouds on their horizon. After JFK's American University address and his quick signing of the Test Ban Treaty with Khrushchev, corporate power holders saw the distinct prospect in the not distant future of a settlement in the Cold War between the United States and the Soviet Union.
... In the direction of U.S.-Soviet disarmament lay the diminished power of a corporate military system that for years had controlled the United States government. In his turn toward peace, Kennedy was beginning to undermine the dominant power structure that Eisenhower had finally identified and warned against so strongly as he left the White House."

James Douglass in his book book "JFK and the Unspeakable: Why He Died and Why It Matters"

 

"The Warren Commission had no choice but to cover up that a popular American president, John F. Kennedy, had been murdered by the Joint Chiefs of Staff, the CIA, and the Secret Service, because he was believed by paranoid anti-communists to be "soft on communism" and thereby a threat to the security of the United States. The cold war was on, and the Warren Commission could not hold those responsible accountable without destroying the public's confidence in the American military and security services."

Paul Craig Roberts

 

"JFK was assassinated on November 22, 1963 in Dallas, Texas. His assassins included networks of Allen Dulles' CIA, including a then-young CIA agent named G.H.W. Bush; elements of the Mafia around New Orleans mafia boss Carlos Marcello; elements of the Dallas Police; mafia-CIA-linked gangster night club owner, Jack Ruby; Texan political boss, Vice President Lyndon B. Johnson; networks of the Pentagon. The only one who was innocent was the one Ruby rubbed out to silence him: Lee Harvey Oswald."

F. William Engdahl

 

"Nearly a century after Lincoln was assassinated for issuing Greenbacks, President John F. Kennedy found himself in the crosshairs. Kennedy had announced a crackdown on off-shore tax havens and proposed increases in tax rates on large oil and mining companies. He supported eliminating tax loopholes which benefit the super-rich. His economic policies were publicly attacked by Fortune magazine, the Wall Street Journal and both David and Nelson Rockefeller. Even Kennedy's own Treasury Secretary Douglas Dillon, who came from the UBS Warburg-controlled Dillon Read investment bank, voiced opposition to the JFK proposals.
Kennedy's fate was sealed in June 1963 when he authorized the issuance of more than $4 billion in United States Notes by his Treasury Department in an attempt to circumvent the high interest rate usury of the private Federal Reserve international banker crowd."

Dean Henderson in his book "Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf"

 

"To the power brokers of the system that President Kennedy ostensibly presided over, his and Khrushchev's turn toward peace was, a profound threat... As the Cold War elite knew, Kennedy was already preparing to withdraw from Vietnam. They feared he would soon be able to carry out a U.S. withdrawal from the war with public support, as one part of a wider peacemaking venture with Khrushchev, and perhaps even Castro."

James Douglass in his book book "JFK and the Unspeakable: Why He Died and Why It Matters"

 

"At a meeting called to order in Dallas, Texas by J. Edgar Hoover at Clint Murchinson's house on November 21, 1963, the eve of the JFK assassination, the attendees included, among others:
J. Edgar Hoover (Head of the FBI, next door neighbor of LBJ, racist and Jew hater, and friend of mobster Frank Costello), Clint Murchinson (Texan oil Baron, racist and Jew hater but still a business partner of Myer Lansky, and acknowledged Kennedy hater), H.L. Hunt (financier of rabid right-wing fanatic causes, racist and Jew hater, Texas Oil Baron, and Kennedy Hater), John J. McCloy (Washington Lobbyist/Fixer and later to be appointed member of the Warren Commission investigating the JFK assassination), Allen Dulles (ex-head of the CIA, fired by JFK in the aftermath of the Bay of Pigs fiasco, and soon to be appointee to the Warren Commission investigating the assassination of JFK), John Connally (ex-Secretary of the Navy, ex-Governor of Texas and close friend and confidant of LBJ), General Charles Cabell (Deputy Director of the CIA fired by JFK after the Bay of Pigs fiasco), and his brother Earle Cabell (the Mayor of Dallas at the time of the assassination), Richard Nixon (defeated by JFK for the U.S. Presidency, and avowed Kennedy hater), and soon-to-be-sworn-in-as-President Vice President Lyndon Johnson.
Would someone please give me an innocent explanation for such a meeting in Dallas of all of these Kennedy haters on the eve before his assassination?"

Daniel Sheehan

 

"The final judgment is inescapable ... Israel was indeed the driving force behind the assassination of President John F. Kennedy. The role of Israel was the unsuspected "missing link" in the JFK assassination conspiracy.
... This is our final judgment: the government of Israel, through its secret spy agency, the Mossad, orchestrated the conspiracy that ended the life of John F. Kennedy.
Through its own vast resources and through its international contacts in the intelligence community and in organized crime, Israel had the means, it had the motive, and it had the opportunity to carry out the crime of the century - and did.
... Israel's worldwide connections-particularly with the anti-Kennedy forces within the CIA and the CIA-linked Lansky crime empire, along with the French OAS rebels and Charles DeGaulle's enemies within his own intelligence service - made possible the network through which the plan to kill JFK was carried out. Permindex was in the center of it all."

Michael Collins Piper in his book "Final Judgment"

 

"In his deepening alienation from the CIA, the Pentagon, and big business, John Kennedy was moving consciously beyond the point of no return. Kennedy knew well the complicity that existed among the Cold War's corporate elite, Pentagon planners, and the heads of 'intelligence agencies'."
... We have no evidence as to who in the military-industrial complex may have given the order to assassinate President Kennedy. That the order was carried out by the Central Intelligence Agency is obvious. The CIA's fingerprints are all over the crime and the events leading up to it."

James Douglass in his book book "JFK and the Unspeakable: Why He Died and Why It Matters"

 

"President John F. Kennedy had experienced in the Joint Chiefs of Staff under Chairman Lyman Lemnitzer a high level of insubordination... When Lemnitzer brought Kennedy the Northwoods Project to shoot down American citizens in the streets of America and to blow American airliners out of the sky in order to place the blame on Castro so that the US could invade and achieve "regime change", President Kennedy removed Lemnitzer as chairman and sent him to Europe as head of NATO.Kennedy did not know about Operation Gladio, an assassination program in Europe run by NATO and the CIA. Communists were blamed for Operation Gladio's bombings of civilians in train stations in order to erode communist political influence, especially in Italy. Thus, Kennedy's way of getting rid of Lemnitzer put Lemnitzer in charge of this program and gave Lemnitzer a way to get rid of John Kennedy."

Paul Craig Roberts

 

WHO KILLED MARTIN LUTHER KING?

"The only trial ever held for for Martin Luther King's murder took place in Memphis, Tennessee, only a few blocks from the Lorraine Motel where King was killed. In a wrongful death lawsuit initiated by the King family, seventy witnesses testified over a six-week period. They described a sophisticated government plot that involved the FBI, the CIA, the Memphis Police, Mafia intermediaries, and an Army Special Forces sniper team. The twelve jurors, six black and six white, returned after two and one-half hours of deliberation with a verdict that King had been assassinated by a conspiracy that included agencies of his own government."

James Douglass in his book book "JFK and the Unspeakable: Why He Died and Why It Matters"

 

"We must mark [Martin Luther King] now as the most dangerous Negro in the future of this Nation."

William C. Sullivan, Assistant Director of FBI wrote to J. Edgar Hoover, 1963

 

"The blame for the assassination of Martin Luther King should be laid squarely on the shoulders of agents of the government of the United States in collaboration with Memphis operatives of the Marcello criminal organization.
As horrifying as that fact is, it gets worse when one realizes the extent of the military's involvement, from the coordination of the flow of events down to the last detail, including the selection of the back-up team by the head of the 902nd Military Intelligence Group. Even prior to the assassination, the use of military intelligence to spy on Dr King and other Americans, leading to other army sharpshooter actions against targeted civilians, makes it clear that for a half century or more the military have been heavily involved in the domestic affairs and life of the nation. Very few people at the time knew, or even now know, the extent of this involvement. It is only in retrospect that we begin to get a glimpse of how widespread this activity was in the 1960s."

William F. Pepper in his book "An Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King"

 

"When Martin King began to crusade against the Vietnam war, he would cast a long shadow over the economic forces of America. Little wonder that they shuddered at the possibility that his efforts might result in the tap of the free-flowing profits being turned off. Should the American people come to demand an end to the war and should the war end, the losses were not something they could accept.
Perhaps it was for this reason alone that King had to be stopped."

William F. Pepper in his book "An Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King"

 

"In December 1963, less than a month after the assassination of President John F. Kennedy, FBI officials met in Washington to explore ways of "neutralizing King as an effective Negro leader.
... A massive FBI campaign was under way from 1964 aimed at destroying Martin Luther King through dirty tricks and media manipulation.
... In January 1979, the House Select Committee published its final report on the assassinations of John F. Kennedy and Martin King. It found no evidence or complicity on the part of the CIA, the FBI, or any other government agency in the assassination of Martin King."

William F. Pepper in his book "An Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King"

 

"Warren and Murphy [aliases of Army Special Forces soldiers] ... were part of an eight-man "Operation Detachment Alpha 184 team - a Special Forces field training team in specialized civilian disguise.
... Warren and Murphy stated that the team was specifically briefed before departing from Camp Shelby for Memphis at 4:30 AM on the morning of April 4 1968. During the half-hour session the team was left in no doubt as to its mission. On the order they were to shoot to kill - "body mass" (center, chest cavity) - Dr Martin Luther King Jr and the Reverend Andrew Young.
They were shown "target acquisition photos" of the two men and the Lorraine Motel. The team's pep talk stressed how they were enemies of the United States who were determined to bring down the government. Warren said that no one on the team had any hesitancy about killing the two "sacks of shit."
... Warren recognized his target, Andrew Young, putting on his coat, and took aim, holding him in his sights... Warren kept Andy Young in the cross hairs of his scope, and then, he said, a shot rang out.
It sounded like a military weapon, and Warren assumed that the other sniper unit had jumped the gun and fired too soon because the plan was always for a simultaneous shooting [of Martin Luther King and Andrew Young]... the team leader came on and ordered the team to disengage in an orderly fashion and follow the egress routes assigned to them out of South Memphis."

William F. Pepper in his book "An Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King"

 

"In 1999, the Martin Luther King family brought a wrongful death lawsuit in a Tennessee Circuit Court. A nearly month-long trial ensued. Seventy witnesses were called. It took the jury only two and a half hours to come back with a verdict that Dr. King was assassinated by a conspiracy that included agencies of his own government."

Jesse Ventura in the book "American Conspiracies"

 

"In 1999, the King family took the case of Martin Luther King's assassination to civil court. They proved, and the jury verdict confirmed, that Martin Luther King had been assassinated by a conspiracy of the FBI, military intelligence, and the Memphis Poiice Department. The decision to assassinate King was decided upon because he had begun speaking out against the Vietnam War, against the American empire, and against poverty in the form of his massive national antipoverty campaign."

Andrew Gavin Marshall

WHO KILLED ROBERT KENNEDY?

"JFK [John Kennedy] , Malcolm [X], Martin [Luther King], and [RFK [Robert Kennedy] were four proponents of change who were murdered by shadowy intelligence agencies using intermediaries and scapegoats under the cover of 'plausible deniability'."

James Douglass in his book book "JFK and the Unspeakable: Why He Died and Why It Matters"

 

"The Kennedy years saw a continual conflict between the military and intelligence circles and the civilian leadership of John Kennedy. His brief term as President was marked by a constant struggle to prevent the military and intelligence services of America _ particularly the Joint Chiefs of Staff and the CIA _ from starting wars with Cuba, Vietnam and the Soviet Union. The Cuban Missile Crisis was resolved only after Robert Kennedy, JFK's brother and the Attorney General, convinced the Russians that Kennedy was at risk of being overthrown in a military coup, which would result in a direct nuclear war against the USSR."

Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research , 2011

 

"Our collective denial of the obvious, in the setting up of Lee Harvey Oswald and his transparent silencing by Ruby, made possible the Dallas cover-up of the JFK assassination. The success of the cover-up was the indispensable foundation for the subsequent murders of Malcolm X, Martin Luther King, and Robert Kennedy by the same forces at work in our government - and in ourselves. Hope for change in the world was targeted and killed four times over. The cover-up of all four murders, each leading into the next, was based, first of all, on denial - not the government's but our own."

James Douglass in his book book "JFK and the Unspeakable: Why He Died and Why It Matters"

 

"John F. Kennedy and his brother Robert ... were hated viscerally by their enemies... Their political enemies on the right felt that their risk-taking aggressiveness was reckless and their idealism was putting the country at risk of being overcome by its Communist enemies. Their enemies in the Mafia, who felt they had been ambushed by John and Robert, after having helped their father get them elected in 1960, thought they had been used and abused by them. The oilmen of Texas had given at least partial support for the Democratic ticket because of Johnson's presence, but then felt they were being double-crossed as well."

Phillip F. Nelson in his book "LBJ: The Mastermind of JFK's Assassination"

 

"John and Robert Kennedy had become notorious in the ranks of big business. JFK's strategy of withdrawing defense contracts and RFK's aggressive investigating tactics toward men of power were seen as unforgivable sins by the corporate world. As a result of the president's uncompromising stand against the steel industry - and implicitly any corporation that chose to defy his authority - a bitter gap opened up between Kennedy and big business, whose most powerful elements coincided with the military-industrial complex."

James W. Douglass in his book "JFK and the Unspeakable"

 

WHAT IS THE TRUTH ABOUT THE 9/11 WORLD TRADE CENTER AND PENTAGON ATTACKS?
ALLOWED TO HAPPEN? INSIDE JOB? PAKISTAN/SAUDI ARABIA CONNECTION? ISRAEL CONNECTION?

"For those Americans who accept the official interpretation of the event, 9/11 was a surprise attack on the US government and its people by Islamic terrorists.
For some Americans, "9/11" has a more complex meaning. This second group, while accepting the official interpretation of the attacks, thinks of 9/11 primarily as an event that was used opportunistically by the Bush administration to extend the American empire.
For a third group of Americans, the term "9/11" connotes an event with a more sinister dimension. These citizens believe that the Bush administration knew the attacks were coming and intentionally let them happen.
According to a fourth view of 9/11, the attacks were not merely foreknown by the Bush administration; they were orchestrated by it."

"9/11 and American Empire : Intellectuals Speak Out"
edited by David Ray Griffin and Peter Dale Scott

 

"There is persuasive evidence that the events of September 11, 2001 did not unfold as the Bush administration and the 9/11 Commission would have us believe... All three buildings that were destroyed in the World Trade Center were most probably destroyed by controlled demolition charges placed in the buildings before 9/11."

William Bill Christison, a 29-year CIA veteran

 

"Naive people think that if the US government's explanation of 9/11 was wrong, physicists and engineers would all speak up. Some have. However, for most physicists and engineers this would be an act of suicide. Physicists owe their careers to government grants, and their departments are critically dependent on government funding. A physicist who speaks up essentially ends his university career... An engineering firm that spoke out would never again be awarded a government contract. In addition, its patriotic, flag-waving customers would regard the firm as a terrorist apologist and cease to do business with it."

Paul Craig Roberts

 

*There were stand-down orders on 9/11. The US Air force did not intervene. There was a cover-up of the WTC and Pentagon investigations. The WTC rubble was removed before it could be examined. The plane debris at the Pentagon is unaccounted for. There were reports of significant financial gains made as a result of 9/11, from insider trading in the days prior to 9/11. Mystery surrounds WTC Building 7, which collapsed or was "pulled" down in the afternoon of September 11, 2001."

Michel Chossudovsky in his book " America's War on Terrorism"

 

"The official explanation of the events of 9/11 is false and the evidence indicating an inside job is significant."

Catherine Austin Fitts, former Assistant Housing Secretary in the George H W Bush administration
 
 
"The press is saying what they have been told to say... the stories about 9/11 are false... You take a look at the buildings falling down. They didn't fall down because airplanes hit them; they fell down because explosives went off, demolitions. Look at building 7. It didn't fall to its side; it didn't fall in this direction of that direction. Just like the two towers... What is it they do not want the public to know?"

Major General Albert Stubblebine,
retired Commanding General of the U.S. Army Intelligence and Security Command - speaking to a reporter in Germany about 9/11

 

"The factual arguments clearly establish the possibility of controlled demolition of the WTC buildings on September 11, 2001, yet, there is almost zero coverage in the corporate media in the US. This is top down corporate censorship pure and simple. Even if other scientists can be found to disagree with the study, the policy of ignoring the topic inside the corporate media is relatively absolute... Perhaps the mainstream science journalists left their critical thinking skills at home and gave the scientific method the day off. Or maybe the real conspiracy exists within the boardrooms of the corporate mainstream media."

Peter Phillips, Professor of Sociology at Sonoma State University


 
"All three buildings of the World Trade Center were destroyed by carefully planned, orchestrated and executed controlled demolition."

Professor Lynn Margulis, Department of Geosciences, University of Massachusetts at Amherst

 

"I have had a lot of experience looking at photographs. l don't know exactly what hit it the Pentagon but I do know from the photographs I have analyzed, it was not an airplane. For one thing, if you look at the hole that was made in the Pentagon, the nose penetrated far enough so that there should have been wing marks on the side of the building.
... Whenever there's a plane crash, things are strewn about. So where are the seats, the luggage? The wings, vertical stabilizers, and engines were never fully recovered. A number of parts to a 757 are pretty much indestructible, but not a single piece has ever been positively identified as originating with Flight 77.
... With all the evidence readily available at the Pentagon crash site, any unbiased, rational investigator could only conclude that a Boeing 757 did not fly into the Pentagon as alleged. In all my years of direct and indirect participation, I never witnessed nor even heard of an aircraft loss, where the wreckage was accessible, that prevented investigators from finding enough hard evidence to positively identify the make, model, and specific registration number of the aircraft - and in most cases the precise cause of the accident."

Major General Albert Stubblebine, retired Commanding General of the U.S. Army Intelligence and Security Command

 

"After 9/11, not a single employee at the FAA or NORAD got punished. In fact, all the major military men involved received promotions."

Jesse Ventura in the book "American Conspiracies"

 

"America's fate was sealed when the public and the anti-war movement bought the government's 9/11 conspiracy theory. The government's account of 9/11 is contradicted by much evidence. Nevertheless, this defining event of our time, which has launched the U.S. on interminable wars of aggression and a domestic police state, is a taboo topic for investigation in the media."

Paul Craig Roberts

 

IS AMERICA STILL A DEMOCRACY?
THE SLIPPERY SLOPE TOWARD A POLICE STATE

"We've slipped away from a true republic. Now we're slipping into a fascist system where it's a combination of government, big business and authoritarian rule, and the suppression of the individual rights of each and every American citizen. When it comes to any significant differences on foreign policy, economic intervention, the Federal Reserve, a strong executive branch, a welfarism mixed with corporatism, both parties are very much alike. The major arguments in hotly contested presidential races are mostly for public consumption to convince the people they actually have a choice."

Ron Paul

 

"One more terrorist attack and we're going to shut the Constitution down."

General Tommy Frank

 

"The United States has entered the ranks of the failed states. One of the most remarkable manifestations of a failed state is that the criminals are all inside the government operating against the people, whereas in a normal state, the criminals are on the outside of the government, operating against it. So, we now have every manifestation of being a failed state, with the government in the hands of a few Wall Street gangsters."

Paul Craig Roberts

 

"We have compromised our values, butchered our own youth, killed hundreds of thousands of innocent people, subverted our idealism and squandered our national treasures in fruitless and costly adventures abroad. In the process, we have helped our worst enemies and turned America, once the world's beacon of freedom, into a national security surveillance state and an international moral pariah."

Robert F. Kennedy, Jr.

 

"The Military Commissions Act of 2006 effectively suspended habeas corpus and freed up the executive branch to designate any American citizen an "enemy combatant" forfeiting all privileges accorded under the Bill of Rights."

Christopher Ketcham

 

"The politicians "we the people" most trusted to look out for our best interests, protect our rights, and ensure that the nation does not slip into tyranny have cheated on us, lied to us, swindled us, deceived us, double-crossed us, and sold us to the highest bidder.
Time and again, they have shown in word and deed that their priorities lay elsewhere, that they care nothing about our plight, that they owe us no allegiance, that they are motivated by power and money rather than principle, that they are deaf to our entreaties, that they are part of an elite ruling class that views us as mere cattle, that their partisan bickering is part of an elaborate ruse to keep us divided and distracted, and
that their oaths of office to uphold the Constitution mean nothing.
Incredibly, even in the face of their treachery and lies, the great majority of Americans persist in believing that the politicians have the people's best interests at heart.
Despite the fact that we've been burned before, most Americans continue to allow themselves to be bamboozled into casting their votes for one candidate or another, believing that this time they mean what they say, this time they really care about the citizenry, this time will be different.
Of course, they rarely ever mean what they say, they care about their constituents only to the extent that it advances their political careers, and it never turns out differently. We are as easily discarded the day after the elections as we were wantonly wooed in the months leading up to the big day. Those same politicians who were once so eager to pose for our pictures, smile at our jokes, and glad-hand us for our votes will, upon being elected, retreat behind a massive, impenetrable wall that ensures we are not seen or heard from again-at least, until the next election."

John W. Whitehead

 

"A populace deprived of the ability to separate lies from truth, is no longer capable of sustaining a free society."

Chris Hedges

 

"Democracy is dead in the United States and that the forces of tyranny and authoritarianism offer no apologies for their hatred of democracy and the culture of poverty, immiseration, and cruelty that they want to impose on the American people, if not the rest of the world."

Henry Giroux

 

"Each office must remain constantly alert to the existence of organizations which have aims and objectives coinciding with those of the Communist Party and are likely to be susceptible to communist influence. This necessarily includes antiwar and pacifist groups, civil rights groups, and other radical groups which advocate civil disobedience and oppose the exercise of authority by duly constituted Government officials."

a message from FBI headquarters to field offices on January 30,1967

 

"Persisting social crisis, the emergence of a charismatic personality, and the exploitation of mass media to obtain public confidence would be the steppingstones in the piecemeal transformation of the United States into a highly controlled society."

Zbigniew Brzezinski

 

"We have created a uniquely American police state, one that has managed to grow and operate within, or at least alongside, the democratic system... By Nazi or Soviet standards, America is not a police state. But the dictionary definition does not require the extremes of a Gestapo, or a KGB; it defines a police state as "a government that seeks to intimidate and suppress political opposition by means of police, especially a secret national police organization." The FBI and the CIA have done precisely that."

David Wise in his book "The American Police State"

 

"Justice is incidental to law and order."

J. Edgar Hoover - Director of the FBI 1924-1972

 

"FBI Director J. Edgar Hoover was a master blackmailer. The moment he would get something on a senator he'd send one of the errand boys up and advise the senator that we're in the course of an investigation and by chance happened to come up with this data on your daughter. But we wanted you to know this-we realize you'd want to know it. But don't have any concern, no one will ever learn about it. Well, Jesus, what does that tell the senator? From that time on, the senator's right in his pocket."

William Sullivan, number three in the FBI under J. Edgar Hoover, to Los Angeles Times, 1973

 

"Those in the United States who finally rule, take their signals and commands not from the electorate as a body but from a small group of men (plus a few women). This group will be called the establishment. It exists even though that existence is stoutly denied. It is one of the secrets of the American social order. A second secret is the fact that the existence of the establishment, the ruling class, is not supposed to be discussed .... A third secret is implicit in what has been said - that there is really only one political party of any consequence in the United States, one that has been called the 'Property Party.' The Republicans and the Democrats are in fact two branches of the same (secret) party."

Professor Arthur S. Miller in his book "The Secret Constitution and the Need for Constitutional Change"

 

"The protean forces for creating an authoritarian state are in full play in the United States and extend far beyond the shadow of a debased and corrupt politics. A set of complex forces working in tandem is slowly, insidiously eroding the very foundations of a civic and democratic culture. Some of the most glaring issues are massive unemployment; a rotting infrastructure; the defunding of vital public services; the dismantling of the social safety net; expanding levels of poverty, especially for children; and an imprisonment binge largely targeting poor minorities of color."

Henry Giroux

 

"Other countries have long emulated aspects of the American Way in designing their own development models. Having access to higher education, creating conditions that support innovation and allowing for greater upward mobility have all been deeply attractive qualities to many nations. But it is the construction of a durable U.S. middle class that has been perhaps most compelling to highly stratified societies across Latin America, Asia and Africa. Now, however, the United States is moving in the other direction, toward an unstable society divided between astronomically rich elites and everyone else. This undermines a critical component of U.S. soft power and is a model for societal engineering that few would choose to emulate."

Assistant Secretary of State for East Asian and Pacific Affairs from 2009 to 2013 Kurt Campbell

 

"The US has not only a larger percentage of its citizens in prison than any other country on earth, but also the largest absolute number of prisoners. The US actually has more of its citizens in prison than "authoritarian" China which has a population four times larger than the US. The US, possibly the greatest human rights abuser in history, is constantly bringing human rights charges against China. Where are the human rights charges against Washington?"

Paul Craig Roberts

 

"The FBI jeopardizes the whole system of freedom of expression which is the cornerstone of an open society... At worst it raises the specter of a police state. in essence the FBI conceives of itself as an instrument to prevent radical social change in America... Throughout most of its history the FBI has taken on the task not only of investigating specific violations of federal laws, but gathering general intelligence in the national security field. The Bureau's view of its function leads it beyond data collection and into political warfare."

Yale law professor Thomas Emerson at a 1971 conference on the FBI

 

"Police forces in America are oppressive organizations controlled by the one percent of corporate America. Corporate America is using police forces as their mercenaries."

retired Philadelphia Police Captain Ray Lewis, 2014

 

"In an age of robber barons, "we the people" are expected to just shut up and vote.
The powers-that-be want us to be censored, silenced, muzzled, gagged, zoned out, caged in and shut down. They want our speech and activities monitored for any sign of "extremist" activity. They want us to be estranged from each other and kept at a distance from those who are supposed to represent us. They want taxation without representation. They want a government without the consent of the governed.
They want the police state."

John Whitehead

 

"Dick Cheney, Paul Wolfowitz, Stephen Hadley, Elliott Abrams, and Condoleezza Rice ran the 9/11 attacks.
It was called a stand down, a false flag operation in order to mobilize the American public under false pretenses... it was told to me by the general on the staff of Wolfowitz.
I taught stand down and false flag operations at the national war college, I've taught it with all my operatives so I knew exactly what was done to the American public."

Dr. Steve R. Pieczenik , Deputy Assistant Secretary of State under Nixon, Ford and Carter

 

"The basic authority of a modern state over its people resides in its war powers... On a day-to-day basis, it is represented by the institution of police, armed organizations charged expressly with dealing with 'internal enemies' in a military manner."

from "Report from Iron Mountain"

 

"We cannot uphold the law by breaking it, we cannot defend the Constitution by violating it, and we cannot survive as a democracy by adopting the police-state methods of totalitarianism."

David Wise in his book 'The American Police State "

 

"American government is corrupt. Those who have enough money can almost get anything they want from our government, whether it is tax breaks, or subsidies, or policies and laws changed, removed, or added.
... Today CEOs and wealthy businessmen are the ruling elite in the Western world, especially the United States. Their donations finance elections and even education, which they are constantly saying has to adapt itself to the needs of the market (that is, be molded to inculcate their views). It should come as no surprise therefore that the theories offered by economists rationalize the self-interest of big business and the wealthy. Overtly, of course, such theories claim to benefit society and the public's well-being. But covertly, they do just the opposite: they make the great mass of people poorer while making the rich fabulously richer."

Ravi Batra in his book "The New Golden Age"


"The Defense Authorization Act [2007] gives the Executive the power to move National Guard units anywhere in the country, without regard for the wishes of the state governors, and to declare martial law. This declaration would authorize the detention of dissenting citizens who could then be picked up and held incommunicado for an indefinite period, without access to counsel or the courts. This is nothing short of a militarization of the Republic.
Enabled by the Defense Authorization Act, the president can now declare martial law, transfer military technology to militarized domestic police forces, and detain dissenting citizens virtually at will. These detainees could be held in camps that are now being constructed and refurbished by Kellogg Brown and Root, ostensibly for illegal immigrants.
... The unitary presidency has been granted the authority to order kidnapping, detention, and torture abroad under the Military Commissions Act of 2006. This act authorizes extraordinary rendition, which inevitably means foreign detention and torture of anyone the President determines to be an unlawful combatant."

William F. Pepper in his book "An Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King"

 

"A threat confronts liberal democracy. it involves the gradual appearance of a more controlled and directed society. Such a society would be dominated by an elite whose claim to political power would rest on allegedly superior scientific knowhow. Unhindered by the restraints of traditional liberal values, this elite would not hesitate to achieve its political ends by using the latest modern techniques for influencing public behaviour and keeping society under close surveillance and control. Under such circumstances, the scientific and technological momentum of the country would not be reversed but would actually feed on the situation it exploits."

Zbigniew Brzezinski

 

"I want to try and get a message to mainstream America that that this police system is corrupt, that police really are oppressing not only the black community, but also the whites."

retired Philadelphia Police Captain Ray Lewis, 2014

 

"In America, citizens have no idea what their government's motives are in fomenting endless wars and a gestapo police state. The only information Americans have comes from whistleblowers. The mainstream media quickly discredit the information and demonize the whistleblowers."

Paul Craig Roberts


"The shaping of the will of Congress and the choosing of the American president has become a privilege reserved to the 20% of the population that holds 93% of the wealth, the happy few who run the corporations and the banks, own and operate the news and entertainment media, compose the laws and govern the universities, control the philanthropic foundations, the policy institutes, the casinos, and the sports arenas.
... Ronald Reagan's new Morning in America brought with it in the early 1980s the second coming of a gilded age more swinish than the first, and as the country continues to divide ever more obviously into a nation of the rich and a nation of the poor, the fictions of unity and democratic intent lose their capacity to command belief."

Lewis H. Lapham

 

"There was of course no way of knowing whether you were being watched at any given moment. How often, or on what system, the Thought Police plugged in on any individual wire was guesswork. It was even conceivable that they watched everybody all the time. But at any rate they could plug in your wire whenever they wanted to. You had to live-did live, from habit that became instinct-in the assumption that every sound you made was overheard, and, except in darkness, every movement scrutinized."

George Orwell in his novel "1984"

 

"I cannot say that our country could have no central police without becoming totalitarian, but I can say with great conviction that it cannot become totalitarian without a centralized national police ... a national police will have enough on enough people, even if it does not elect to prosecute them, so that it will find no opposition to its policies."

Supreme Court justice Robert H. Jackson in is book "The Supreme Court in the American System of Government" (1955)

 

"I define a police state as a society in which there is unlimited state power of armed force freely discharged without citizen right to stop it. While the men at the top always proclaim their devotion to the public good, an endless litany of crimes against human life is permitted by legally terrorist offices, central directives, and bureaucratic channels. Thus in "free and democratic America", more citizens are caged than any country in the world, and over 80% have perpetrated no violence against any person. While the US accuses others of inhuman persecution and despotism, it holds the world records for caging non-violent people, for violent killings of civilians, for spy surveillance of everyone, and for mass murders of innocent people across international borders."

John McMurtry

 

"Whether a person believes the official story of 9/11 which rests on unproven government assertions or believes the documented evidence provided by a large number of scientists, first responders, and structural engineers and architects, the result is the same. 9/11 was used to create an open-ended "war on terror" and a police state. It is extraordinary that so many Americans believe that "it can't happen here" when it already has."

Paul Craig Roberts

 

"The well-bred old boys of the CIA, with their reversible names and consciences to match, did not stop at murder. Living in their own clandestine world, safe in the dark, accountable only to themselves, they had been schooled at St. Grottlesex, but learned their political morality from Eichmann. In their ignorance of the very system of government they professed to serve, they confused their arrogance with patriotism."

David Wise in his book 'The American Police State "

 

"My country is dead. Its people have surrendered to tyranny and in so doing, they have become tyranny's primary support group; its base; its defender. Every day they offer their endorsement of tyranny by banking in its banks and spending their borrowed money with the corporations that run it. The great Neocon strategy of George H.W. Bush has triumphed. Convince the America people that they can't live without the 'good things', then sit back and watch as they endorse the progressively more outrageous crimes you commit as you throw them bones with ever less meat on them. All the while lock them into debt. Destroy the middle class, the only political base that need be feared. Make them accept, because of their shared guilt, ever-more repressive police state measures. Do whatever you want."

Michael Ruppert

 

"American electoral politics had become a caricature of its former vital self: a process in which money (mostly corporate) first bought both political parties and then graciously allowed the public to choose between them."

Peter Dale Scott in his book "The Road to 9/11"

 

"The opportunity those in power have to characterise political opponents as "national security threats" or even "terrorists" has repeatedly proven irresistible. In the past decade, the government, in an echo of Hoover's FBI, has formally so designated environmental activists, broad swaths of anti-government rightwing groups, anti-war activists, and associations organised around Palestinian rights. Some individuals within those broad categories may deserve the designation, but undoubtedly most do not, guilty only of holding opposing political views. Yet such groups are routinely targeted for surveillance by the NSA and its partners."

Glenn Greenwald in his book "No Place To Hide"

 

"We must be deeply suspicious of the ruling elite of the United States, which is of course also an oligarchy, but an oligarchy which operates behind the mask of democratic institutions and formal democracy."

Webster Griffin Tarpley in his book "9/11 Synthetic Terror - made in the USA"

 

"In America there is no democracy that holds government accountable. There is only a brainwashed people who are chaff in the wind."

Paul Craig Roberts

 

"The most extremist power any political leader can assert is the power to target his own citizens for execution without any charges or due process, far from any battlefield. The Obama administration has not only asserted exactly that power in theory, but has exercised it in practice."

Glenn Greenwald

 

"In theory, the Posse Comitatus Act of 1878 adopted in the wake of the US civil war, prevents the military from intervening in civilian police and judicial functions. This law has been central to the functioning of constitutional government.
While the Posse Comitatus Act is still on the books, in practice the legislation is no longer effective in preventing the militarization of civilian institutions.
Both the legislation inherited from the Clinton administration and the post 9/11 PATRIOT Acts I and II have blurred the line between military and civilian roles. They allow the military to intervene in judicial and law enforcement activities even in the absence of an emergency situation."

Michel Chossudovsky in his book " America's War on Terrorism"

 

"What is masquerading as government is a crime syndicate with a flag. The US Government is an instrument of organized crime, alternatively described as the Octopus, the Washington Consensus, the Shadow Government, Wall Street, the Round Table (Bilderbergs, Trilaterals, Council on Foreign Relations, Royal Institute of International Affairs), and the New World Order."

Nikki Alexander

 

"The most outrageous of the FBI's activities was its COINTELPRO operation, which the Bureau admitted it had conducted for fifteen years, between 1956 and 1971. Under this program, a secret arm of the United States government, using taxpayers' funds, harassed American citizens and disrupted their organizations, using a wide variety of covert techniques."

David Wise in his book "The American Police State"

 

"It's worse than George Orwell could have imagined in his book "1984" because fechnological advancements between his time and ours.
The power of government today to control far exceeds what Big Brother had in Orwell's imagination.
Homeland Security has announced that it is no longer focused on terrorists, but on domestic extremists - and that's war protesters, radical enviromentalists and people that disagree with the government."

Paul Craig Roberts

 

"The Supreme Court's Citizens United decision opened the floodgates for corporate money to enter Washington. Campaign spending in the 2012 elections was unprecedented, totaling an astounding $6.3 billion, according to the Center for Responsive Politics. Spending on the 2014 elections, at $4 billion, made it the most expensive midterm election in history.
In the Citizens United case, the Supreme Court ruled in their majority decision that corporate spending on federal elections would not 'give rise to corruption or the appearance of corruption'."

Alex Ellefson

 

"The technological capacity that the intelligence community has given the government could enable it to impose total tyranny. And there would be no way to fight back, because the most careful effort to combine together in resistance to the government, no matter how privately it was done, is within the reach of the government to know."

Senator Frank Church, 1975

 

"Over the years we have been warned about the danger of subversive organizations, organizations that would threaten our liberties, subvert our system, would encourage its members to take further illegal action to advance their views, organizations that would incite and promote violence, putting one American group against another... There is an organization that does fit those descriptions, and it is the organization, the leadership of which has been most constant in its warning to us to be on guard against such harm. The Bureau [FBI] did all of those things."

Senator Philip Hart of Michigan testifying before the Church Committee, 1975

 

"American elites are so committed to warmaking abroad that they are likely to turn America into a police state to protect their interests."

Fred Branfman

 

"Endless war has ruined our economy. It benefits a handful of elites, while levying a tax on the vast majority of Americans.
Congress members - part of the super-elite which has made money hand over fist during this economic downturn - are heavily invested in the war industry, and routinely trade on inside information perhaps even including planned military actions.
No wonder the American government is making the state of war permanent, and planning to unleash new, widespread wars in the near future."

www.washingtonsblog.com, 2014

 

"President Barack Obama realizes that he is only the president in a country where the industrial-military complex decides what has to be done, and you cannot go beyond the parameters of what they decide. It would be dangerous.

former UN General Assembly President Miguel d'Escoto

 

"A 5-4 majority of the U.S. Supreme Court lifted limits on total amounts that an individual can contribute during a campaign cycle, an extension of the 2010 ruling on 'Citizens United' allowing the rich to spend unlimited sums on political advertising. It was another step toward an American oligarchy where politicians, activists and even jornalists compete to satisfy one "oligarch" or another."

Robert Parry

 

"9/11 has allowed the government to use fear to get unlimited power. But when you get power, it doesn't mean you can quickly spring it on everybody, because that shocks and startles them. So you use the power a bit little at a time, and let the people get used to it, and in that way you never meet any opposition."

Paul Craig Roberts

 

"The privatization of public services and functions manifests the steady evolution of corporate power into a political form, into an integral, even dominant partner with the state. It marks the transformation of American politics and its political culture from a system in which democratic practices and values were, if not defining, at least major contributing elements, to one where the remaining democratic elements of the state and its populist programs are being systematically dismantled."

Sheldon Wolin

 

"The American government could already be described as authoritarian... Due process of law and the right of habeas corpus, which for centuries have characterized the rule of law in democratic states, have been eliminated. At the discretion of the president, non-citizens and citizens alike may be classified as enemy combatants, picked up and held for an indeterminate period of time without access to counsel. A network of secret prisons and camps is being established both inside and outside of the United States. Paramilitary forces or private mercenary armies are being developed to make up for the inadequate numbers of the existing volunteer army. This is effectively resulting in the privatization of the US military."

William F. Pepper in his book "An Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King"

 

"Court rulings -- most famously the Citizens United case in 2010 -- have long meant that any laws attempting to stop billionaires (both conservative and liberal billionaires, for what it's worth) from buying elections were already a lost cause. The Roberts court has held that -- even in a time with record levels of income inequality -- money is just a form of free speech."

www.philly.com, 2014

 

"The total result of the manipulation of society by the Establishment elite has been four major wars in sixty years, a crippling national debt, abandonment of the Constitution, suppression of freedom and opportunity, and creation of a vast credibility gulf between the man in the street and Washington, D.C. While the transparent device of two major parties trumpeting artificial differences, circus-like conventions, and the cliché of "bipartisan foreign policy" no longer carries credibility, and the financial elite itself recognizes that its policies lack public acceptance, it is obviously prepared to go it alone without even nominal public support."

Antony C. Sutton in his book "Wall Street and the Rise of Hitler", 1976

 

"9/11 has given us a police state, has destroyed the civil liberties that are guaranteed by the Constitution, like habeas corpus and due process."

Paul Craig Roberts

 

"What the U.S. Supreme Court did [Citizen United] is award monopoly power over the First Amendment to corporations.
... What this decision does is it says the Supreme Court of the United States says that you, a corporation, have a First Amendment right to buy as much influence as you can afford."

Monica Youn

 

THE VACCINE CATASTROPHE

 

VACCINE HEROES


Suzanne Humphries, MD / Barbara Loe Fisher / Robert Kennedy, Jr / Dr. Andrew Wakefield


VACCINE CRIMINALS


Paul Offit, MD / Center for Disease Control (CDC) / Julie Gerberding, MD

Calif. Governor Jerry Brown / Calif. State Senator Richard Pan, MD

 

"We have known for 13 years, MMR vaccine causes autism and we have concealed that fact."

Dr. William Thompson, former senior scientist at the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC)

 

"To date, studies conducted or funded by the CDC that purportedly dispute any correlation between autism and vaccine injury have been of poor design, under-powered, and fatally flawed. The CDC's rush to support and promote such research is reflective of a philosophical conflict in looking fairly at emerging theories and clinical data related to adverse reactions from vaccinations."

Subcommittee on Human Rights and Wellness of the U.S. House of Representatives' Committee on Government Reform, 2003

 

"We have a highly profitable, lucrative religion that involves the government, industry, and academia. That religion is vaccination. People believe in vaccines. But, you ask them what they know about vaccines and it will be almost nothing."

Dr. Suzanne Humphries in her book "Dissolving Illusions: Disease, Vaccines, and the Forgotten History"

 

"What we need, but do not yet have, are studies of vaccinated vs unvaccinated children."

Barbara Loe Fisher, founder of the National Vaccine Information Center

 

"With a child now receiving 31 and more vaccinations during its first 18 months of life, it would seem that this barbaric practice would have been fully investigated by our health officials to account for the epidemic rise in neurological and behavioral disorders, adult diabetes and asthmatic conditions in American children. Instead, our health officials continue to pump out junk science."

Richard Gale and Dr Gary Null, 2009

 

"There is a huge gap in our understanding of vaccine safety, and yet we have an industry that is indemnified, that doesn't carry any risk or any liability for vaccine damage. So why would you do the safety studies? This is what they've done. They've taken shortcuts; they've not done the safety studies that are necessary. I believe children are now paying a considerable price for that."

Dr. Andrew Wakefield

 

"Without the slightest nuance, the mainstream media constantly portrays people reluctant to accept just any vaccine as "anti-vaxers", irresponsible and misinformed people In reality, many so-called "anti-vaxers" are not all totally against vaccines. While some people may be totally against any kind of vaccination, many, including doctors and health specialists, question certain vaccines, ingredients in the vaccines and/or the vaccination schedule."

Julie Lévesque

 

"The pharmaceutical companies are busy designing a vaccine for the swine flu in hope that the U.S. government will make the vaccine mandatory before another vaccine-related disaster can ruin their party. Like SARS and bird flu before it, this swine flu scare is a lot of nonsense."

Dr. Russell Blaylock, a board certified neurosurgeon, 2009

 

"Research shows that vaccines, not parents, are responsible for the vast majority of so-called "shaken-baby-syndrome" (SBS) incidents and that the blame is being shifted to parents to help hide the reality about vaccines."

Natural Solutions Foundation

 

"Many reports that describe post-vaccination autoimmunity strongly suggest that vaccines can indeed trigger autoimmunity. Defined autoimmune diseases that may occur following vaccinations include arthritis, lupus (systemic lupus erythematosus, SLE) diabetes mellitus, thrombocytopenia, vasculitis, dermatomyosiositis, Guillain-Barre syndrome and demyelinating disorders. Almost all types of vaccines have been reported to be associated with the onset of Autoimmune/inflammatory Syndrome [ASIA]."

Celeste McGovern, 2016

 

"Thimserosal used as a preservative in vaccines is likely related to the autism epidemic. This epidemic in all probability may have been prevented or curtailed had the FDA not been asleep at the switch regarding the lack of safety data regarding injected thimerosal and the sharp rise of infant exposure to his known neurotoxin. Our public health agencies' failure to act is indicative of institutional malfeasance for self-protection and misplaced protectionism of the pharmaceutical industry."

Richard Gale and Dr Gary Null, 2009

 

"The Gates Foundation has been linked to mass vaccination initiatives using untested, unsafe vaccinations.
... In December 2012, in the small village of Gouro, Chad, Africa, situated on the edge of the Sahara Desert, five hundred children were locked into their school, threatened that if they did not agree to being force-vaccinated with a meningitis A vaccine, they would receive no further education.
These children were vaccinated without their parents' knowledge. This vaccine was an unlicensed product still going through the third and fourth phases of testing.
Within hours, one hundred and six children began to suffer from headaches, vomiting, severe uncontrollable convulsions and paralysis. The children had to wait one full week for a doctor to arrive while the team of vaccinators proceeded to vaccinate others in the village.
When the doctor finally came, he could do nothing for the children. The team of vaccinators, upon seeing what had happened, fled the village in fear.
After being shuttled around like cattle, many of these sick, weak children were finally dumped back in their village without a diagnosis and each family was given an unconfirmed sum of 1000 British pounds by the government. No forms were signed and no documentation was seen. They were informed that their children had not suffered a vaccine injury.
However, if this were true, why would their government award each family 1000 British pounds, in what has been described as hush money?
The groups involved with this project were PATH, WHO, UNICEF, and the Gates Foundation. During investigations, it was discovered that the whole project was being run by the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation."

www.vactruth.com, 2014

 

"CDC and FDA researchers identify 749 deaths linked to the administration of the Hib vaccine, 51% of which were sudden infant death linked to the administration of Hib vaccine."

Julie Lévesque, 2016

 

"During normal childhood development, non-specific immunity is gradually formed over time, beginning in the womb with the transfer of maternal antibodies from a child's mother and continuing on into early toddlerhood. This natural process of immune formation establishes lifelong immunity to various diseases as they are encountered.
... Vaccines, however, interfere with this process by overriding non-specific immune formation and bombarding specific immunity with antigens, adjuvants and chemicals. At best, these injections provide temporary immunity, only aided by "booster" shots at regular intervals to maintain it. At worst, this overriding creates lasting immune damage, potentially triggering autoimmune diseases.
... The immune system is incredibly complex, having been designed in such a way as to provide multiple layers of protection against outside invaders. But vaccines interfere with these layers - and since they are far from perfect, being man-made with no possibility of ever being perfected, they threaten to damage real immunity, in some cases permanently.
This is especially true regarding vaccine adjuvants, which are claimed to stimulate an immune response. It is near impossible to balance these adjuvants, along with vaccine preservatives, substrate proteins and other additives, to attain the proper immune response, which puts many people at risk."

Tara Paras

 

"The tests of the triple vaccines such as MMR are inadequate. There have never been any safety studies of giving two doses, and yet that is now almost universal practice in the developed world, but that's never been subjected to a safety study. And some children are now receiving nine, ten vaccines on the same day. That has never been subjected to any kind of scrutiny by the FDA or anyone else."

Dr. Andrew Wakefield

 

"In the early 1950s, there were four vaccines: diphtheria, tetanus, pertussis and smallpox. Because three of these vaccines were combined into a single shot (DTP), children received five shots by the time they were 2 years old and not more than one shot at a single visit.
By the mid-1980s, there were seven vaccines: diphtheria, tetanus, pertussis, measles, mumps, rubella and polio. Because six of these vaccines were combined into two shots (DTP and MMR), and one, the polio vaccine, was given by mouth, children still received five shots by the time they were 2 years old and not more than one shot at a single visit.
Since the mid-1980s, many vaccines have been added to the schedule. Now, children could receive as many as 24 shots by 2 years of age and five shots in a single visit."

Melissa Melton, 2014

 

"Vaccines can have tumorigenic kidney cells of a cocker spaniel in them. They can have human fetal cells with retroviruses. They can have aluminum, which is one of the most horrible things to inject into any sort of life form, especially into a muscle... Parents really need to know that their doctors are not informed and therefore they cannot give informed consent, and that they really need to think about it because you cannot unvaccinate."

Dr. Suzanne Humphries in her book "Dissolving Illusions: Disease, Vaccines, and the Forgotten History"

 

"Aluminum has been added to vaccines since about 1926 when Alexander Glenny and colleagues noticed it would produce better antibody responses in vaccines than the antigen alone. Glenny figured the alum was inducing what he called a "depot effect" - slowing the release of the antigen and heightening the immune response. For 60 years his theory was accepted dogma. And over the same time, the vaccine schedule grew decade on decade, but few ever questioned the effects of injecting aluminum into the body, which is strange considering its known toxicity.
A PubMed search on aluminum and "toxicity" turns up 4,258 entries. Its neurotoxicity is well documented. It affects memory, cognition, psychomotor control; it damages the blood brain barrier, activates brain inflammation, depresses mitochondrial function and plenty of research suggests it is a key player in the formation of the amyloid "plaques" and tangles in the brains of Alzheimer's patients. It's been implicated in Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis and autism and demonstrated to induce allergy."

Celeste McGovern, 2016

 

"A growing number of scientists and researchers believe that a relationship between the increase in neurodevelopmental disorders of autism and the increased use of thimerosal in vaccines is plausible and deserves more scrutiny.
... At the same time that the incidence of autism was growing, the number of childhood vaccines containing thimerosal was growing, increasing the amount of ethylmercury to which infants were exposed threefold."

Richard Gale and Dr Gary Null, 2009

 

"Vaccines were not what made disease go away; what made disease go away was isolation and sanitation."

Dr. Suzanne Humphries in her book "Dissolving Illusions: Disease, Vaccines, and the Forgotten History"

 

"The US childhood immunization schedule requires 26 vaccine doses for infants aged less than 1 year, the most in the world."

Julie Lévesque, 2016

 

"How many vaccinations were mandated for children in several countries of the western world according to data available in 2009. Sweden and Japan had 11 vaccines, Finland 12, Norway 13, Switzerland 16, Australia 27, Canada 28, and USA 36. It is safe to say that, if anything, more vaccines have been added to those schedules since 2009, especially the HPV vaccine for both girls and boys."

Catherine J. Frompovich, 2013

 

"You have effectively taken a trivial disease - mumps - and by vaccinating, you have turned it into a more dangerous disease. One dose of MMR doesn't prevent it. Two doses of MMR don't prevent it. Three doses. You are creating a population that is dependent upon reboosting with vaccines for the rest of their lives to avoid this complication, a man-made complication..... They were so zealous. They so urgently needed to get this vaccine into the market that they ignored the potential problems and now we have a big problem. Mumps vaccine is a dangerous vaccine. It does not work."

Dr. Andrew Wakefield

 

"There were 47,500 cases of non-polio acute flaccid paralysis [NPAFP] reported in in India 2011, the same year India was declared "polio-free".
... The available data shows that the incidents tracked back to areas were doses of the polio vaccine were frequently administered. The national rate of non-polio acute flaccid paralysis (NPAFP) in India is 25-35 times the international average.
... In addition to this data, it appears that the polio vaccines are themselves the leading cause of polio paralysis in India."

Brandon Turbeville

 

"in the early 1990s, the Institute of Medicine (IOM), which spent 20 months studying all the available data on vaccinations, confirmed that no controlled clinical trials have ever been conducted to rule out whether vaccines can cause chronic neurological damage, blood disorders, juvenile diabetes, Guillain-Barre paralysis and learning disabilities."

Dave Mihalovic, 2013

 

"The CDC's own data reveals a 340% increased risk of autism in African-American children following the MMR vaccine."

Julie Lévesque

 

"Mercury is toxic in all circumstances.
... Although thimerosal has been removed from most vaccines, mercury remains in trace amounts in some vaccines, and remains at high toxic levels in the flu shots."

Richard Gale and Dr Gary Null, 2009

 

"The biological case against Thimerosal is so dramatically overwhelming that only a very foolish or a very dishonest person with the credentials to understand this research would say that Thimerosal wasn't most likely the cause of autism."

Boyd Haley, MD, Professor and Chair, Department of Chemistry, University of Kentucky, 2006

 

"There is no question that HIV was introduced into the U.S. male homosexual population via the gay hepatitis B vaccine experiment that took place between 1978 and 1981... Not surprisingly, the government has refused to release data on the number of AIDS deaths that have occured in the large group of gay men who initially volunteered for the vaccine experiment."

Alan Cantwell, MD

 

"Vaccine informed consent is an oxymoron. To be able to give informed consent, you have to have the information to give. If vaccine safety information does not exist, you're not in a position to give that information. So the process of informed consent never gets out of the starting blocks."

Dr. Andrew Wakefield

 

"According to a CDC epidemiologist named Tom Verstraeten, who had analyzed the agency's massive database containing the medical records of 100,000 children, a mercury-based preservative in the vaccines - thimerosal - appeared to be responsible for a dramatic increase in autism and a host of other neurological disorders among children.
The CDC paid the Institute of Medicine to conduct a study to whitewash the risks of thimerosal, ordering researchers to "rule out" the chemical's link to autism.
It withheld Dr. Verstraeten's findings, even though they had been slated for immediate publication, and told other scientists that his original data had been "lost" and could not be replicated."

Julie Lévesque

 

"'Tissue Scurvy' is an autoimmune disorder in which there is an abundance of Vitamin C in the body, but the Vitamin C is unable to enter the tissue cells to perform its functions of maintaining the integrity of the blood vessels and skeletal tissue. Without cellular Vitamin C, various critical enzymatic actions cannot occur.
The result of this intracellular lack of Vitamin C is the development of fractures, hemorrhages and other lesions of Tissue Scurvy including the so-called shaken baby syndrome (SBS) triad features which are solely a result of the auto-immune response to a toxic trauma.
The relationship of vaccines and autoimmune response, including Tissue Scurvy is well established. In fact, the most common cause of Tissue Scurvy In infants and children is the administration of vaccines, any vaccine. Symptoms are generally seen within 4 weeks of vaccine administration."

Natural Solutions Foundation

 

"The pertussis vaccine may cause lasting and permanent brain damage. Physicians are required to warn all responsible parties of vaccine recipients that pertussis vaccine may cause "lasting brain damage".
... In 1993, The National Childhood Encephalopathy study: a 10-year follow-up reported on the medical, social, behavioural and educational outcomes after serious, acute, neurological illness in early childhood. The analysis found a four-fold increase in the estimated risk of encephalitis from the pertussis vaccine."

Dave Mihalovic, 2013

 

"There is a direct relationship between vaccination and Autism Spectrum Disorders (ASD). This evidence was taken under oath during a three year Congressional investigation, which clearly shows that Federal health officials were complicit in covering up the associations between vaccines and neurological damage."

Richard Gale and Dr Gary Null, 2009

 

"From 1980 through 1999, there were 162 confirmed cases of paralytic polio cases reported in the U.S.. Of the 162 cases, eight cases were acquired outside the United States and imported. The last imported case caused by wild poliovirus into the United States was reported in 1993. The remaining 154 cases were vaccine-associated paralytic polio (VAPP) caused by live oral poliovirus vaccine (OPV)."

Catherine J. Frompovich, 2013

 

"Since 1991, when the CDC and the FDA had recommended that three additional vaccines laced with the preservative be given to extremely young infants the estimated number of cases of autism had increased fifteenfold [in 2005], from one in every 2,500 children to one in 166 children."

Julie Lévesque

 

"What had been done to establish the safety of giving Hepatitis B vaccine on day one of life? Not just giving it on day one but giving it on day one to every infant whether they were born at 24 weeks or 30 weeks or 36 weeks or 40 weeks, whatever their birth weight was, whether they were 10 lbs or 2 lbs, they were getting the same shot at day one as a matter of policy. Safety studies? We couldn't find them. And that was really shocking. How could this be? If your'e going to make it a matter of policy for every kid in the country, then you'e got to be absolutely certain that you got the safety set that is right, because if not, you may produce insidious problems, minor degrees of damage which you don't pick up straight away but are catastrophic."

Dr. Andrew Wakefield

 

"Even the ideal influenza vaccine, matched perfectly to circulating strains of wild influenza and capable of stopping all influenza viruses, can only deal with a small part of the 'flu' problem because most 'flu' appears to have nothing to do with influenza. Every year, hundreds of thousands of respiratory specimens are tested across the US. Of those tested, on average only 6% are found to be influenza positive."

Dr. Peter Doshi in a British Medical Journal, 2013

 

"Multiple loads of toxins are delivered through the DTP vaccine which include formaldehyde, aluminum hydroxide, aluminum phosphate, thimerosal, and polysorbate 80, and other chemicals. That means that every DTP vaccine contains carcinogenic, neurotoxic, immunotoxic and sterility agents just like many flu vaccines. These chemicals then bioaccumulate in the child with each successive vaccine, further introducing an additional load of toxins with each injection."

Dave Mihalovic, 2013

 

"Vaccines contain a vast array of potentially dangerous ingredients, including antibiotics, formaldehyde, monosodium glutamate (MSG), bovine fetal tissue, polysorbate and heavy metals like aluminum and the mercury-containing preservative thimerosal. When these are shot into the bloodstream, they bypass the majority of the body's natural immune system which resides in the gut."

Melissa Melton, 2014

 

"For our government health officials at the Centers for Disease Control (CDC) and the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS), vaccines have been baptized safe and, therefore, there is no reason for further debate. In fact, so certain are those in charge of the nation's vaccination programs, even democratic discourse about vaccination controversies has been marginalized and smothered. There is no dissenting opinion published in any major industrial medical journal or magazine, nor found on any government health websites.
When put to the test, a meticulous review of the scientific literature finds that virtually all of the Federal health agencies assumptions are held in error. Furthermore, the CDC, FDA and HHS, with all of their resources, refuse to take into consideration the large body of clinical evidence that contradicts their biased vaccine policies."

Richard Gale and Dr Gary Null, 2009

 

"There are at least 97 studies showing links between vaccines and autism."

Julie Lévesque

 

"You do not combine three live viruses into one vaccine and assume that that is a benign process, that you can follow those children for 3, 4, 5 weeks and get away with it. These are viruses that are live, they are capable of establishing long-term infection and they are capable of producing long-term adverse events."

Dr. Andrew Wakefield

 

"International vaccination programs have ended disastrously for third-world nations. The Meningitis vaccine program resulted in the paralysis of at least 50 African children and a subsequent cover-up operation by the government of Chad. This large number of adverse events occurred in one small village alone."

Brandon Turbeville

 

"The vaccine-autism evidence is now overwhelming, despite the misinformation from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, the American Academy of Pediatrics and the Institute of Medicine."

Bernard Rimland, Ph.D, 2006

 

"The standard DPT [diphtheria, pertussis (whooping cough) and tetanus] vaccine is acknowledged to be the deadliest of all vaccines, causing more disability, illness and the highest risks, even exceeding MMR [measles, mumps and rubella]."

Dave Mihalovic, 2013

 

"You couldn't even construct a study that shows Thimerosal is safe. It's just too toxic. If you inject Thimerosal into an animal, its brain will sicken. If you apply it to living tissue, the cells die. If you put it in a petri dish, the culture dies. Knowing these things, it would be shocking if one could inject it into an infant without causing damage."

Boyd Haley, MD, Professor and Chair, Department of Chemistry, University of Kentucky, 2006

 

"Paralysis rates have flourished in countries where Bill Gates' polio vaccine have been administered the most."

Brandon Turbeville

 

"Those countries where vaccines are given routinely or forced upon children and their parents, often under threat of law, experience the lion's share of communicable diseases. Why? What's happened with "herd immunity"? It just doesn't add up, especially since in the USA there is over 90% childhood vaccination compliance."

Catherine J. Frompovich, 2013

 

"Most medical journals receive half or more of their income from pharmaceutical company advertising and reprint orders, and dozens of others journals are owned by pharmaceutical companies.
... The FDA does zero independent medical testing of its own.
It is a system built upon conflicts of interest that leaves consumers completely in the dark about the true consequences of taking Big Pharma products."

Julie Lévesque

 

"Last week in our clinic we saw nine or 10 new children with exactly the same story, referred by paediatricians from around the country who said, 'This child developed normally, had a reaction to MMR and is now autistic'"... The safety of MMR cannot be substantiated by the science. That is not only my opinion but increasingly the view of healthcare professionals and the public."

Dr. Andrew Wakefield
[170 Cases of Autism Linked to Vaccine in UK]

 

"The U.S. currently has the most aggressive vaccination schedule of any country on the planet."

Melissa Melton, 2014

 

"A government inquiry has found that polio vaccines for infants funded by the Global Alliance for Vaccination and Immunisation [GAVI] are causing deaths and disabilities in regional countries including Pakistan.
The main vaccinations in question were the polio vaccine and the 5-in-1 pentavelent vaccine, which were said to be responsible for the deaths and disability of a number of children in Pakistan, India, Sri Lanka, Bhutan and Japan.
The vaccines were funded by the Global Alliance for Vaccination and Immunization (GAVI) an organization financed by the Bill and Melinda Gates Children's Vaccine Program, the International Federation of Pharmaceutical Manufacturers Association, the Rockefeller Foundation, the United Nations Children's Fund (UNICEF), the World Health Organization (WHO) and the World Bank."

Express Tribune of Pakistan, 2011

 

"Research shows that vaccines, not parents, are responsible for the vast majority of so-called shaken baby syndrome (SBS) and that the blame is being shifted to parents to help hide the reality about vaccines."

Natural Solutions Foundation

 

"The prevalence rate for autism before 1990 was only three children per 10,000. When the CDC began surveillance of the study population
in 2000, it was one child in every 150. Since then, autism diagnoses have been steadily increasing each year.
... Autism in the U.S. has increased by a whopping 30% in just two years. The new estimate is that one in every 68 kids in America now falls somewhere on the autism spectrum."

Melissa Melton, 2014

 

"The Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation (BMGF), PATH and WHO (World Health Organization) were criminally negligent trialling the vaccines on a vulnerable, uneducated and under-informed population, school administrators, students and their parents who were not provided informed consent or advised of potential adverse effects or required to be monitored post-vaccination."

from a writ of petition submitted to the Supreme Court of India, 2012

 

"The more vaccinated the population, the more likely to contract the very diseases for which they are vaccinated.
... In the USA, measles and whooping cough outbreaks occur in 90% or more of those contracting the diseases and fully vaccinated."

Catherine J. Frompovich, 2013

 

"We're seeing mumps outbreaks in highly vaccinated populations around the world. What is the response from health officials? Vaccinate! ... Mumps vaccine is a huge commercial success precisely because it doesn't work. How many products can you say that about? You can just see the sales curve go up. The worse the vaccine, the more you need to get it."

Dr. Andrew Wakefield

 

"Studies show that in the presence of aluminum compounds, mercury's toxicity increases dramatically. Vaccines that contain aluminum compounds include the DPT, Hepatitis A, Hepatitis B, pneumococcal, anthrax, and the HPV vaccine."

Richard Gale and Dr Gary Null, 2009

 

WHAT ARE 'FALSE FLAGS' AND WHY DO THEY MATTER?

"The easiest way to gain control of a population is to carry out acts of terror."

Josef Stalin

 

"The former Italian Prime Minister, an Italian judge, and the former head of Italian counterintelligence admit that NATO, with the help of the Pentagon and CIA, carried out terror bombings in Italy and other European countries in the 1950s and blamed the communists, in order to rally people's support for their governments in Europe in their fight against communism."

Washington's Blog, 2010

 

"The easiest way to carry out a false flag attack is by setting up a military exercise that simulates the very attack you want to carry out . This is exactly how government perpetrators in the US and UK handled the 9/11 and 7/7 "terror" attacks, which were in reality government attacks blamed on "terrorists"."

Captain Eric H. May, former Army military intelligence and public affairs officer, 2008

 

"The bombing of the Alfred P. Murrah Federal Building, Oklahoma City, Oklahoma, was not caused solely by the truck bomb. Evidence shows that the massive destruction was primarily the result of four demolition charges placed at critical structural points at the third floor".

US Air Force munitions expert General Benton K. Partin wrote to the US Senate

 

"If the real authorship of state-sponsored terrorism is to be successfully concealed, then a collection of scapegoats is the first ingredient required. These may be defined as the patsies, or alternatively as fall-guys, scapegoats, useful idiots, stooges or dupes. It is necessary that they be of low mental ability and great gullibility, since their mission is to be part of false-flag groups which pretend to be working for a cause, while in reality they are under the control of a private network inside the US government.
... 9/11 was an example of state-sponsored, false-flag, synthetic terrorism. The 9/11 events were organized and directed by a rogue network of high government and military officials of the United States, with a certain participation by the intelligence agencies of Britain and Israel, and with a more general backup from the intelligence agencies of the other Echelon states Australia, New Zealand, Canada."

Webster Griffin Tarpley in his book "9/11 Synthetic Terror - made in the USA"

 

"For many Americans, the idea that we are living in a country whose own leaders planned and carried out the attacks of 9/11 is simply too horrible to entertain. Unfortunately, however, there is strong evidence in support of this view."

9/11 and American Empire : Intellectuals Speak Out
edited by David Ray Griffin and Peter Dale Scott

 

"Dick Cheney, Paul Wolfowitz, Stephen Hadley, Elliott Abrams, and Condoleezza Rice ran the 9/11 attacks.
It was called a stand down, a false flag operation in order to mobilize the American public under false pretenses... it was told to me by the general on the staff of Wolfowitz.
I taught stand down and false flag operations at the national war college, I've taught it with all my operatives so I knew exactly what was done to the American public."

Dr. Steve R. Pieczenik , Deputy Assistant Secretary of State under Nixon, Ford and Carter

 

"All that is necessary for success of "false flag" or "black ops" events is for the government to have its story ready and to have a reliable and compliant media. Once an official story is in place, thought and investigation are precluded. Any formal inquiry that is convened serves to buttress the already provided explanation."

Paul Craig Roberts

 

POWER: "At half past nine this morning we were actually running an exercise for a company of over a thousand people in London based on simultaneous bombs going off precisely at the railway stations where it happened this morning, so I still have the hairs on the back of my neck standing up right now."

BBC HOST: "To get this quite straight, you were running an exercise to see how you would cope with this and it happened while you were running the exercise?"

POWER: "Precisely."

Peter Power, former Scotland Yard anti-terrorism agent, who was a contract employee working in government exercises on the day of the July 2007 London railway bombings - interviewed by BBC

 

"The owner of all three [World Trade Center] buildings was Larry Silverstein, who had recently doubled the insurance value of the Twin Towers. He stated in a PBS interview that he and the New York Fire Department agreed to a controlled demolition of WTC 7. Since skyscrapers are not normally wired for demolition -- unless someone intends to demolish them -- Silverstein's statement is an admission that 9/11 was an inside job."

Captain Eric H. May, former Army military intelligence and public affairs officer, 2008

 

"The U.S. government declassified documents showing that in the 1960's, the American Joint Chiefs of Staff signed off on a plan [Operation Northwoods] to blow up American airplanes, and also to commit terrorist acts on American soil, and then to blame it on the Cubans in order to justify an invasion of Cuba."

Washington's Blog, Global Research, 2010

 

"The Israeli embassy had been advised in advance by Scotland Yard of an impending bomb attack [London, July 7, 2005]:
Just before the blasts, Scotland Yard called the security officer at the Israeli Embassy to say they had received warnings of possible attacks.
... Israeli Finance Minister Benjamin Netanyahu was warned by his embassy not to attend an economic conference. Netanyahu was staying at the Aidridge Hotel in Mayfair. The conference venue was a few miles away at the Great Eastern Hotel close to the Liverpool subway station; where one of the bomb blasts occurred."

Michel Chossudovsky in his book " America's War on Terrorism"

 

WAR ON TERRORISM & WAR ON DRUGS
WHAT IS THE TRUTH ABOUT OUR PERPETUAL WARS AND WHO DO THEY BENEFIT?

"There is zero reason for US officials to want an end to the war on terror, and numerous and significant reasons why they would want it to continue. It's always been the case that the power of political officials is at its greatest, its most unrestrained, in a state of war."

www.washingtonsblog.com, 2014

 

"In reviewing the history of the English Government, its wars and its taxes, a bystander, not blinded by prejudice, nor warped by interest, would declare, that taxes were not raised to carry on wars, but that wars were raised to carry on taxes."

Thomas Paine wrote in the Rights of Man

 

"We are going to have a war on terror which you can never win, and so you can always keep taking people's liberties away. The media is going to convince everybody that the war on terror is real. The ultimate goal is to get everybody in the world chipped with an RFID chip, and have all money be on the chips, and if anyone wants to protest what we do, we turn off the chip."

Nicholas Rockefeller to producer Aaron Russo - eleven months before the 9/11 World Trade Center attacks

 

"The permanent possibility of war is the foundation for stable government; it supplies the basis for general acceptance of political authority. It has enabled societies to maintain necessary class distinctions, and it has ensured the subordination of the citizen to the state, by virtue of the residual war powers inherent in the concept of nationhood. No modern political ruling group has successfully controlled its constituency after failing to sustain the continuing credibility of an external threat of war."

from "Report from Iron Mountain"

 

"The war on drugs has nothing at all to do with drugs. It is part of an all-out war on the American people by a government interested only in control."

Gore Vidal in his book "The Decline and Fall of the American Empire"

 

"In the US's so-called War on Terror, by far the greatest and most systematic terrorization of civilians, is in fact perpetrated by the US state itself. Unarmed citizens are murdered across the world as 'collateral damage', 'illegal enemy combatants' or other license of impunity. The US state conceives itself as above international law along with ally Israel, but this reality is taboo to report and so too all the killing and terrorization of civilians. One can truly say that "the historical record demonstrates the US is provably guilty of continual lawless mass murder of civilians across the world", but the truth is unthinkable within the ruling ideological regime."

John McMurtry

 

"The profits behind the war industry are what drives the demand for war.
Enemies are always needed, and the corporate media will tell us how evil the new enemy is. If it's not communism it's terrorism.
For those who direct the war industry, terrorism is much more flexible than communism or other so-called enemies.
The United States will always be at war because war is so profitable."

Christian Sorenson

 

"There is no War on Terror. There is a war which is being waged using terrorist proxy groups and they are being used against nation states who are resisting US and Israeli hegemony. And they are also being used as a means of disciplining the work forces in Europe. In a period of mass unemployment and austerity, you now have terrorist attacks being committed by terrorists funded, armed and trained by Western intelligence agencies. There is no such thing as ISIS. ISIS is a creation of the United States."

journalist Gearold O Colmain

 

"So you have an international terrorist (Osama bin Laden) trained and funded by the CIA, an international terrorist organization (the Kosovo Liberation Army - KLA) trained and funded by the British, American and German secret services and special forces, and an American establishment (Clinton, Gore, Clark, Albright, Holbrooke, Lieberman - all Bilderberg and CFR members who represent the interests of the new world order - fighting to establish democracy and bring justice to a long-suffering and oppressed people."

investigative journalist Daniel Estulin in his book "Shadow Masters"

 

"Private military contractors (PMCs) have helped sustain and promote an array of conflicts including Libya, Afghanistan, Syria and again Iraq. They have taken over many CIA-functions such as efforts to infiltrate and co-opt social movements as in the Arab Spring. They have also been crucial to the War on Drugs and are invariably found at the forefront in lobbying to increase drone use including on the U.S.-Mexican border and for domestic policing."

Jeremy Kuzmarov

 

"If you were a US leader, or an official of the National Security State, or a beneficiary of the private military and surveillance industries, why would you possibly want the war on terror to end? That would be the worst thing that could happen. It's that war that generates limitless power, impenetrable secrecy, an unquestioning citizenry, and massive profit."

www.washingtonsblog.com, 2014

 

"The rapidity with which the U.S. is being transformed into a police state is astonishing. It has occurred under the guise of "the war on terror," itself a product of 9/11. Americans were told that the police state regime was only for terrorists, but the suspension of constitutionally guaranteed civil liberties now extends to all.
Americans regard such warnings as hyperbole. They think they are safe as long as they are not doing anything wrong. In other words, they think that anyone the government picks up must be guilty.
This view shows a remarkable ignorance of the 20th century. Nazi concentration camps and the Soviet Gulag were full of people who had done nothing wrong. Many were people demonized for being of the wrong race and class. Others were people reported by envious neighbors or by someone settling a score. The system didn't care, because it existed independently of any concerns about justice or security."

Paul Craig Roberts


"Of all the enemies to public liberty war is, perhaps, the most to be dreaded, because it comprises and develops the germ of every other. War is the parent of armies; from these proceed debts and taxes; and armies, and debts, and taxes are the known instruments for bringing the many under the domination of the few. In war, too, the discretionary power of the Executive is extended; its influence in dealing out offices, honors, and emoluments is multiplied: and all the means of seducing the minds, are added to those of subduing the force, of the people. The same malignant aspect in republicanism may be traced in the inequality of fortunes, and the opportunities of fraud, growing out of a state of war, and in the degeneracy of manners and of morals, engendered by both. No nation could preserve its freedom in the midst of continual warfare."

James Madison

 

"The arbitrary nature of war expenditures and of other military activities make them ideally suited to control the essential class relationships. Obviously, if the war system were to be discarded, new political machinery would be needed at once to serve this vital subfunction. Until it is developed, the continuance of the war system must be assured, if for no other reason, among others, than to preserve whatever quality and degree of poverty a society requires as an incentive, as well as to maintain the stability of its internal organization of power."

from "Report from Iron Mountain"

 

"While the US issues certifications to judge countries on their ability to stop drug traffic, Big Oil produces 90% of the chemicals needed to process cocaine and heroin, which CIA surrogates grow, process and distribute."

Dean Henderson in his book "Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf"

 

"It is too true, however disgraceful it may be to human nature, that nations in general will make war whenever they have a prospect of getting anything by it; nay, absolute monarchs will often make war when their nations are to get nothing by it, but for the purposes and objects merely personal, such as thirst for military glory, revenge for personal affronts, ambition, or private compacts to aggrandize or support their particular families or partisans. These and a variety of other motives, which affect only the mind of the sovereign, often lead him to engage in wars not sanctified by justice or the voice and interests of his people."

John Jay in Federalist No 4

 

"A competent war on drugs must begin with a war against the banking institutions and bankers who 'launder' Dope, Inc.'s ill-gotten gains...Shut down the drug money-laundering by the major Anglo-American banks, and the dope cartel would choke to death on its own profits... Dope, Inc.'s vulnerable flank is the international network of banks and other financial institutions that 'launder' the cartel's $558 billion per year in gross revenue... Action by governments against the drug bankers could rapidly shut down Dope, Inc.."

DOPE, INC., Executive Intelligence Review, 1992

 

"A U.S. military counterinsurgency document. It gave instructions on how to create terror; this was the way they put it. And they described methods used in the Philippines in the campaign against the Huks.
In the case of the Philippines they were talking about leaving the bodies by the rivers. So you mutilate the bodies, you cut them, you amputate, and then you display the bodies on the riversides to stir terror in the population. And of course that's exactly what ISIS is doing today.
[In Indonesia in 1965] the CIA weighed in with a list of 5,000 targets for assassination. The U.S. press was hailing it at the time. They were calling it a gleam of light in Asia. Gen. Suharto was installed in power as a result of this process. Suharto later, in the mid-'70s, sought the permission of President Ford and Henry Kissinger to invade the small neighboring country of East Timor, which was then emerging into independence from having been a Portuguese colony. They gave the green light. They just said do it quickly. They went in [and] killed a third of the population.
It's the exact same tactics in country after country, with local adaptations, and often the officers are all trained at the same U.S. military bases-Fort Bragg, Fort Benning, Leavenworth and at the Inter-American Defense College, in the case of the Latin American officers.
It's the exact same tactics in country after country, with local adaptations, and often the officers are all trained at the same U.S. military bases-Fort Bragg, Fort Benning, Leavenworth and at the Inter-American Defense College, in the case of the Latin American officers.
In Afghanistan, Iraq and Syria, it's reached the point of political and social breakdown. There's no stopping it. It's out of control. There are not two sides. It has fractured into many sides. It's analogous to what happened in Cambodia, with the massive U.S. bombing of Cambodia, which paved the way for the rise of the Khmer Rouge. It has destroyed any semblance of normal politics or even society. In that kind of environment the most evil, the most violent, have a better chance to rise and prevail.
In Afghanistan, Iraq and Syria, it's reached the point of political and social breakdown. There's no stopping it. It's out of control. There are not two sides. It has fractured into many sides. It's analogous to what happened in Cambodia, with the massive U.S. bombing of Cambodia, which paved the way for the rise of the Khmer Rouge. It has destroyed any semblance of normal politics or even society. In that kind of environment the most evil, the most violent, have a better chance to rise and prevail.
We're now in a moment where operations of willful murder on the part of the U.S. and provocation have come back to bite the United States. That doesn't usually happen. There was no consequence like that from Central America. There was no consequence like that from Haiti, Palestine or South Africa. But in this case it happened. Operations like the U.S. backing of the mujahedeen to repel the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan ... the U.S. backing of the various anti-Assad Islamist forces in Syria, have given birth to first al-Qaida and then ISIS. That wasn't the U.S. intention. They didn't want to create al-Qaida in the sense of the al-Qaida that attacks the U.S. They didn't want to create an ISIS, which is now a political nightmare."

investigative journalist Allan Nairn

 

"The Global War On Terror (GWOT) was considered the "super bowl" for private military contractors (PMC) who had made over $100 billion in Iraq alone by 2008."

Jeremy Kuzmarov

 

"Americans don't understand that terrorists cannot take away habeas corpus, the Bill of Rights, or the Constitution. Terrorists are not anything like the threat that we face to the Bill of Rights and the Constitution from our own government in the name of fighting terrorism."

Paul Craig Roberts

 

"Without war, no government bas ever been able to obtain acquiescence in its 'legitimacy' or right to rule its society. The possibility of war provides the sense of external necessity without which no government can long remain in power."

from "Report from Iron Mountain"

 

"As America becomes an increasingly multicultural society, it may find it more difficult to fashion a consensus on foreign policy issues, except in the circumstance of a truly massive and widely perceived direct external threat."

Zbigniew Brzezinski in his 1997 book "The Grand Chessboard

 

"The world order doesn't allow for any frontal attack aimed at destroying narco-trafficking because that business, which moves $400 billion annually, is far too important for the leading nations of world power to eliminate. The US punishes those countries which don't do enough to fight against drugs, whereas their CIA boys have built paradises of corruption throughout the world with the drug profits."

Ecuadorian Presidential Candidate Manuel Salgado

 

"In October 2001 a UN report confirmed that the Taliban had successfully eliminated the year's opium production in Afghanistan, which in recent years had supplied 90 percent of Europe's heroin... Following the defeat of the Taliban, farmers began replanting wheat fields with opium poppy."

Peter Dale Scott, 2003

 

"Washington's "war on drugs" is directed towards increasing U.S. power in Latin America. The use of drug money laundered through U.S. banks finances Washington's trade imbalances, while the drug war increases Washington's general influence over economic policy."

James Petras and Henry Veltmeyer in their book "Globalization Unmasked"

 

"The so-called "War on Drugs" is a cruel joke. Its official purpose is, at best, to reduce the drug trade by 50% over a 10-year period. In practice, this means Washington is picking and choosing which drug mafias will survive and flourish, and which will be driven out of business... Throughout, the financial controllers of Dope, Inc. are protected from all prosecution."

DOPE, INC., Executive Intelligence Review, 1992

 

"The "war on terrorism" purports to defend the American Homeland and protect the "civilized world". It is upheld as a "war of religion", a "clash of civilizations", when in fact the main objective of this war is to secure control and corporate ownership over the region's extensive oil wealth [Middle East], while also imposing under the helm of the IMF and the World Bank, the privatization of state enterprises and the transfer of the countries' economic assets into the hands of foreign capital."

Michel Chossudovsky

 

"Terrorism has become a sort of screen created since the end of the Cold War by policymakers in Washington ... It is fabricated to keep the population afraid and insecure, and to justify what the United States wishes to do globally."

Edward Said

 

"War spending, considered pragmatically, has been a consistently positive factor in the rise of gross national product and of individual productivity... No combination of techniques for controlling employment, production, and consumption has yet been tested that can remotely compare to war in effectiveness. It is, and has been, the essential economic stabilizer of modern societies."

from "Report from Iron Mountain"

 

"Countries we seek to dominate, from Indonesia and Guatemala to Iraq and Afghanistan, are intimately familiar with these brutal mechanisms of control. But the reality of empire rarely reaches the American public. The few atrocities that come to light are dismissed as isolated aberrations. The public is assured what has been uncovered will be investigated and will not take place again. The goals of empire, we are told by a subservient media and our ruling elites, are virtuous and noble. And the vast killing machine grinds forward, feeding, as it has always done, the swollen bank accounts of defense contractors and corporations that exploit natural resources and cheap labor around the globe."

investigative journalist Allan Nairn

 

"To sustain "the War on Terrorism" agenda, fabricated realities funneled on a day to day basis into the news chain, must become indelible truths which form part of a broad political and media consensus. In this regard, the corporate media is an instrument of this evolving totalitarian system."

Michel Chossudovsky, 2005

 

"The war on terror as seen by Washington and a complaisant US media is the ultimate money and power machine, requiring a huge military and intelligence commitment that is endless and not confined to any part of the world. As terror has no capital city or national identity the war against it cannot end through capture and surrender. As it is a secret war, it can be waged using unconventional methods, without regard for the deaths of civilians who are seen as "sheltering" the terrorists, guaranteeing that the blood of the innocent will produce new generations raised hating America. The bleeding will continue forever and everywhere as long as there are terrorists, justifying government intrusion into the lives of the citizens at home and huge and unsustainable budgets to wage the war worldwide. It is George Orwell's dark vision of '1984' turned into reality. Tyranny and bankruptcy will be the war on terror's legacy."

Philip Giraldi, 2009

 

"A 'war on terrorism' is a war without an end in sight, without an exit strategy, with enemies specified not by their aims but by their tactics. Relying principally on military means is like trying to eliminate a cloud of mosquitoes with a machine gun... A war on terrorism is a permanent engagement against an always-available tool."

Ronald Spiers, a retired diplomat

 

"There is no war on terrorism. If there was, the Royal Marines and the SAS would be storming the beaches of Florida, where more CIA-funded terrorists, ex-Latin American dictators and torturers, are given refuge than anywhere on earth."

John Pilger

 

"Homeland Security has announced that it is no longer focused on terrorists, but on domestic extremists, and that's war protesters, radical enviromentalists and people that disagree with the government."

Paul Craig Roberts

 

ISLAMIC TERRORISM AND CHAOS IN THE MIDDLE EAST
ARE ISLAMIC JIHADISTS INCLUDING ISLAMIC STATE (ISIS, ISIL, DAESH) FUNDED AND/OR SUPPORTED BY
UNITED STATES, ISRAEL, AND SAUDI ARABIA AND PERSIAN GULF MONARCHIES?

"Across the Mideast, Arab leaders routinely accuse the U.S. of having created the Islamic State. To most Americans, such accusations seem insane. However, to many Arabs, the evidence of U.S. involvement is so abundant that they conclude that our role in fostering the Islamic State must have been deliberate.
In fact, many of the Islamic State fighters and their commanders are ideological and organizational successors to the jihadists that the CIA has been nurturing for more than 30 years from Syria and Egypt to Afghanistan and Iraq."

Robert F. Kennedy, Jr.

 

"In the mid-1980s, Al Qaeda was a database located in computer and dedicated to the communications of the Islamic Conference's secretariat. It was but natural for Osama bin Laden to be connected to this network. He is a member of an important family in the banking and business world. When Osama bin Laden was an American agent in Afghanistan, the Al-Qaeda Intranet was a good communication system through coded or covert messages... The truth is, there is no Islamic army or terrorist group called Al-Qaeda. And any informed intelligence officer knows this. But there is a propaganda campaign to make the public believe in the presence of an identified entity representing the 'devil' only in order to drive the 'TV watcher' to accept a unified international leadership for a war against terrorism. The country behind this propaganda is the US and the lobbyists for the US war on terrorism are only interested in making money."

Pierre-Henry Bunel, a former agent for French military intelligence, 2004

 

"ISIS is an operation by the West to create the greater Israel."

James Henry Fetzer, 2014

 

"Al Qaeda is nothing more than a broad euphemistic umbrella classification used to group any Middle Eastern fighter under the sun as an enemy. The most diabolical aspect of this public relations stunt is that it enables Washington to label any group it feels necessary to attack to appear to be related to an improvable organized enemy while at the same time actually increasing its approval ratings by exploiting the basic primal fears of the American public."

Sarvat N. Hanif

 

"To undermine Iran, which is predominantly Shiite, the George W. Bush Administration has decided, in effect, to reconfigure its priorities in the Middle East. In Lebanon, the Administration has coöperated with Saudi Arabia's government, which is Sunni, in clandestine operations that are intended to weaken Hezbollah, the Shiite organization that is backed by Iran. The U.S. has also taken part in clandestine operations aimed at Iran and its ally Syria. A by-product of these activities has been the bolstering of Sunni extremist groups that espouse a militant vision of Islam and are hostile to America and sympathetic to Al Qaeda (including ISIS/Islamic State)."

Seymour Hersh in his article "The Redirection: Is the Administration's new policy benefiting our enemies in the war on terrorism?" (2007)

 

"A key component of ISIS's support comes from wealthy individuals in the Arab Gulf States of Kuwait, Qatar and Saudi Arabia."

Mike Krieger

 

"Al Qaeda has been supported and financed from its inception in the early 1980s by the CIA."

Michel Chossudovsky

 

"The policy paper [by the Israeli Institute for Advanced Strategic and Political Studies] advocated a strategy that bears startling resemblance to the chaos unfolding in the wake of the expansion of the 'Islamic State' - Israel would 'shape its strategic environment' by first securing the removal of Saddam Hussein. Jordan and Turkey would form an axis along with Israel to weaken and "roll back" Syria.' This axis would attempt to weaken the influence of Lebanon, Syria and Iran by 'weaning' off their Shi'ite populations."

investigative journalist Nafeez Ahmed, 2014 - about a 1996 paper published by the Israeli Institute for Advanced Strategic and Political Studies, co-authored by former Pentagon official Richard Perle

 

"Substantial and sustained funding from private donors in Saudi Arabia and Qatar has played a central role in the ISIS surge into Sunni areas of Iraq... The tribal and communal leadership in Sunni majority provinces is much beholden to Saudi and Gulf paymasters, and would be unlikely to cooperate with ISIS without their consent.
Western governments traditionally play down the connection between Saudi Arabia and its Wahhabist faith, on the one hand, and jihadism, whether of the variety espoused by Osama bin Laden and al-Qa'ida or by Abu Bakr al-Baghdadi's ISIS, but there is nothing conspiratorial or secret about these links: 15 out of 19 of the 9/11 hijackers were Saudis, as was Bin Laden and most of the private donors who funded the operation."

Patrick Cockburn, 2014

 

"Israel has actively worked toward the balkanization of the Middle East with the view of asserting its own political supremacy."

Catherine Shakdam, 2014

 


"The fact that ISIS has not moved against Israel and instead focused on killing Muslims actually says a lot about this organization's real mission."

Dr. Kevin Barrett, a Ph.D. Arabist-Islamologist

 

"There is no War on Terror. There is a war which is being waged using terrorist proxy groups and they are being used against nation states who are resisting US and Israeli hegemony. And they are also being used as a means of disciplining the work forces in Europe. In a period of mass unemployment and austerity, you now have terrorist attacks being committed by terrorists funded, armed and trained by Western intelligence agencies. There is no such thing as ISIS. ISIS is a creation of the United States."

journalist Gearold O Colmain

 

"Looking at a map of the Middle East, it is obvious that ISIS militants sit exactly where Zionists imagine Greater Israel should be. Are we to believe that ISIS' campaigns in Iraq and Syria and its push toward Egypt and Jordan are but a coincidence?"

Yuram Abdullah Weiler, a political analyst and columnist in Tehran, Iran

 

"It was the United States itself that intentionally created ISIS, beginning as early as 2007 for the expressed purpose of overthrowing the government of Syria and confronting pro-Iranian forces across the Middle East from Lebanon to Iran's very doorstep."

Tony Cartalucci, 2014

 

"Since 2003, Anglo-American power has secretly and openly coordinated direct and indirect support for Islamist terrorist groups linked to al-Qaeda across the Middle East and North Africa. This ill-conceived patchwork geostrategy is a legacy of the persistent influence of neoconservative ideology, motivated by longstanding but often contradictory ambitions to dominate regional oil resources, defend an expansionist Israel, and in pursuit of these, re-draw the map of the Middle East."

investigative journalist Nafeez Ahmed

 

"There are striking similarities between ISIS and Zionists, not only in the formulation and expression of their radical views but also in the deep-seated belief that the assertion of their ideology entails the destruction and negation of all others. Moreover, both groups operate on the same political plane and both advocate territorial expansion and political absorption."

Catherine Shakdam

 

"After the fall of the Soviet Union, the superpowers began to fight over control of Central Asia, particularly the oil and gas wealth, as well as the strategic value of the region.
Given the history, and the distrust of the West, the US realized that it couldn't get direct control, and therefore would need to use a proxy to gain control quickly and effectively. Turkey was the perfect proxy; a NATO ally and a puppet regime. Turkey shares the same heritage/race as the entire population of Central Asia, the same language (Turkic), the same religion (Sunni Islam), and of course, the strategic location and proximity.
This started more than a decade-long illegal, covert operation in Central Asia by a small group in the US intent on furthering the oil industry and the Military Industrial Complex, using Turkish operatives, Saudi partners and Pakistani allies, furthering this objective in the name of Islam.
These illegal covert operations by the Turks and certain US persons dates back to 1996, and involves terrorist activities, narcotics, weapons smuggling and money laundering, converging around the same operations and involving the same actors."

Sibel Edmonds, 2008

 

"Saudi Arabia remains a critical financial support base for al-Qa'ida, the Taliban, and other terrorist groups.
What destabilised Iraq from 2011 on was the revolt of the Sunni in Syria and the takeover of that revolt by jihadis, who were often sponsored by donors in Saudi Arabia, Qatar, Kuwait and United Arab Emirates."

US Secretary of State Hillary Clinton - in December 2009 in a cable released by Wikileaks

 

"The so-called "Islamic State" (ISIS) is supplied not by "black market oil" or "hostage ransoms" but billions of dollars worth of supplies carried into Syria across NATO member Turkey's borders via hundreds of trucks a day.
Since at least as early as 2011, NATO member Turkey has allowed a torrent in supplies, fighters, and weapons to cross its borders to resupply ISIS positions inside of Syria.
The supplies trucks stream across the border from Ankara, various ports used by NATO, and NATO's Incirlik Air Base.
It is a certainty that Turkey is not only aware of this, but directly complicit."

Tony Cartalucci, 2014

 

"Osama bin Laden in his cave must be rubbing his hands in glee as we embark on the very process that terrorists of his stamp so relish: as we hastily double up our police and intelligence forces and award them greater powers, as we put basic civil rights on hold and curtail press freedom, impose news blackouts and secret censorship, spy on ourselves and, at our worst, violate mosques and hound luckless citizens in our streets because we are afraid of the color of their skin."

John le Carre

 

"The Bush family and the House of Saud, the two most powerful dynasties in the world, have had close personal, business, and political ties for more than 20 years.
... Just days after 9/11, wealthy Saudi Arabians, including members of the bin Laden family, were whisked out of the U.S. on private jets. No one will admit to clearing the flights, and the passengers weren't questioned. Did the Bush family's long relationship with the Saudis help make it happen?"

John Perkins

 

"During the 1980s and early '90s, the CIA worked in partnership with BCCI [Bank of Credit and Commerce International] in what was, at the time, the agency's largest covert operation ever, pumping an estimated $10 billion into funding the Afghan Mujahideen. Through this operation, Osama bin Laden's al Qaeda network was formed. Bin Laden had accounts in BCCI and ran CIA/BCCI-funded camps."

David Degraw

 

"The US has been working covertly with Saudi Arabia and British military intelligence for more than three decades to foster and fuel al-Qaeda extremists, beginning in Afghanistan to fight the Soviet Union from the late 1970s until 1990.
Since then, al-Qaeda has served as a protean ideological cover for imperialist predation in the Middle East and beyond. It has undergone many reinventions with mercurial name changes along the way. But the bottom line is that it is a Western/Saudi creation, which alternates between an enemy of convenience and a ruthless proxy for waging regime change."

Finian Cunningham

 

"George H. W. Bush, the father of President George W. Bush, works for the bin Laden family business in Saudi Arabia through the Carlyle Group, an international consulting firm."

Gore Vidal

 

"ISIS (Islamic State) didn't just arise out of the earth - they needed money, weapons, logistics, propaganda facilities, and international connections to reach the relatively high level of organization and lethality they seem to have achieved in such a short period of time. Saudi Arabia, Qatar, and the rest of the oil-rich Gulf states have been backing ISIS all the way.
The US was in a de facto alliance with the groups that merged to form ISIS, and Washington started funding Syrian rebel groups whose composition and leadership kept changing. By funding the Free Syrian Army (FSA), our "vetted" Syrian Islamists, this administration has actively worked to defeat the only forces capable of rooting out ISIS from its Syrian nest - Assad's Ba'athist government."


Justin Raimondo, 2014

 

"ISIS constitutes NATO's mercenary expeditionary force, ravaging its enemies by proxy from Libya in North Africa to Lebanon and Syria in the Levant, to Iraq and even to the borders of Iran. Its seemingly inexhaustible supply of weapons, cash, and fighters can only be explained by multinational state sponsorship and safe havens provided by NATO."

Tony Cartalucci, 2014

 

"Al-Qaeda was established under the authority of President Reagan on March 27, 1985, with National Security Directive 166. This established a broad cover organization that could engage in arms and financial transactions otherwise prohibited by US."

Gordon Duff

 

"The actions of Al-Qaeda have only served to promote the interests of the U.S. and Israel, which are clearly interested in "reshaping" the Middle East in such a way that they can more easily rape and plunder the region at will. In fact, the CIA is using the terrorist actions of its proxy Al-Qaeda in order to give the U.S. an excuse to extend their power into and invade the Arab countries, first countries with rich plunder (oil) like Iraq, Iran, Saudi Arabia, and second any country which is a "threat" to Israel, or more exactly which Israel dislikes for whatever reason. The third objective for which the CIA is using its proxy Al-Qaeda is to engender fear and hate of Islam and Muslims worldwide. This corresponds to an old and tried ploy of colonizers: to slander and denigrate the target population so that it is acceptable and even called for to commit genocide against them."

John Kaminski

 

"Humans only truly unite when faced with a powerful external enemy. At this time a new enemy must be found, one either real or invented for the purpose."

Club of Rome, 1991

 

"Osama bin Laden ran MAK (Maktab al-Khidamat), an organization created by Pakistan's ISI at the behest of the CIA. It funneled money, weapons, and internationally recruited fighters into the war created in part by Jimmy Carter's National Security Adviser, Zbigniew Brzezinski. Osama was closely tied to the Afghan warlord and ISI stooge Gulbuddin Hekmatyar who ran drugs for the CIA. In the 1980s, emissaries from the United States met with Osama. The CIA paid Osama to train the militant group Abu Sayyaf and others at his CIA-built camps in Afghanistan]

Kurt Nimmo

 

"Osama bin Laden and "Al Qaeda" cannot be the organizers nor the performers of the September 11 attacks. They do not have the necessary organization, resources or leaders. Thus, a team of professionals had to be created and the Arab kamikazes are just extras to mask the operation.
The September 11 operation modified the course of events in the world in the direction chosen by transnational mafias and international oligarchs; that is, those who hope to control the planet's natural resources, the world information network and the financial flows. This operation also favored the US economic and political elite that also seeks world dominance."

General Leonid Ivashov, one of the most senior of Russian military figures, in a speech delivered in an international conference in Brussels in early 2006

 

"With the documented conspiracy of the US and its allies to create a sectarian mercenary force aligned to Al Qaeda, the so-called "moderate rebels" the US has openly backed in Syria are now fully revealed as sectarian extremists, and now with a torrent of supplies originating in Turkey, it is clear that the ISIS menace NATO poses as the solution to, was in fact NATO all along."

Tony Cartalucci, 2014

 

"The truth is, there is no Islamic army or terrorist group called Al Qaida. And any informed intelligence officer knows this. But there is a propaganda campaign to make the public believe in the presence of an identified entity representing the 'devil' only in order to drive the 'TV watcher' to accept a unified international leadership for a war against terrorism. The country behind this propaganda is the US and the lobbyists for the US war on terrorism are only interested in making money."

former British Foreign Secretary Robin Cook to the House of Commons

 

"Anyone who doesn't pretend Al Qaeda exists is ostracized. Neither is there now nor has there ever been such an organization. The Department of Justice invented it and the CIA, Mossad and other organizations are responsible for the terrorist acts falsely attributed to it.
... Osama bin Laden was never a terrorist, died in 2001, denied any complicity in 9/11 and was a CIA agent, both loved and respected by his American co-workers with whom I have spoken extensively. He never committed a single act, had no terror network and was the chosen trustee of all American Stinger missiles used against the Soviet Union. Technically, he is an American hero."

Gordon Duff, 2012

 

"The "war on terror" is a hoax that fronts for American control of oil pipelines, the profits of the military-security complex, the assault on civil liberty by fomenters of a police state, and Israel's territorial expansion.
There were no al Qaeda in Iraq until the Americans brought them there by invading and overthrowing Saddam Hussein, who kept al Qaeda out of Iraq. The Taliban is not a terrorist organization, but a movement attempting to unify Afghanistan under Muslim law. The only Americans threatened by the Taliban are the Americans Bush sent to Afghanistan to kill Taliban and to impose a puppet state on the Afghan people."

Paul Craig Roberts

 

"There are dangerous and fanatical individuals and groups around the world who have been inspired by extreme Islamist ideas and who will use the techniques of mass terror... But the nightmare vision of a uniquely powerful hidden organization waiting to strike our societies is an illusion. Wherever one looks for this Al Qaeda organization, from the mountains of Afghanistan to the 'sleeper cells' in America, the British and Americans are chasing a phantom enemy."

from the BBC documentary "The Power of Nightmares: The Rise of the Politics of Fear"

 

"During the Cold War, Washington officials of course couldn't say that they were intervening to block social change, so they called it fighting communism, fighting a communist conspiracy, and of course fighting for freedom and democracy. Just like now the White House can't say that it invaded Iraq to expand the empire, or for the oil, or for the corporations, or for Israel, so it says it's fighting terrorism. The word "communist" was used exceptionally loosely during the Cold War, just as the word "terrorist" is used these days; or "al-Qaeda"-almost every individual or group that Washington wants to stigmatize is charged with being a member of al-Qaeda, as if there's a precise and meaningful distinction between people retaliating against American imperialism while being a member of al-Qaeda and people retaliating against American imperialism while not being a member of al-Qaeda; as if al-Qaeda gives out membership cards to fit into your wallet, as if there are chapters of al-Qaeda that put out a weekly newsletter, and hold a potluck on the first Monday of each month. U.S. policies keep creating new anti-American terrorists, whom Washington calls al-Qaeda, which justifies continuing the same policies to fight the new al-Qaeda terrorists."

"William Blum

 

"What we see happening on the part of what they are calling ISIS or ISIL is a reforming of borders. Parts of Syria and Iraq are becoming, if the Islamists succeed, a new state.
One of the reasons that the breakup of Iraq and Syria was not seen as a threat to Israel, was that the Israeli and the neoconservative strategists reasoned "if we break up these states and they are fighting internally, there won't be any organized government to get in Israel's way".
In place of Iraq, there will be these warring factions. In place of Syria, warring factions, just like in Libya today. And a state that has no central government is no threat to Israel. And, therefore, we favor this destruction of the political entities of these countries, because it releases us from any sort of organized government's opposition to Israel's theft of Palestine."

Paul Craig Roberts

 

"For financial or political reasons, Empires have always used external militarized cells and mercenaries to commit unsavoury acts under a flag different than the monarchy, nation-state, or private corporation who was directing them behind the scenes."

Patrick Henningsen

 

IS NEOLIBERAL AUSTERITY IN THE U.S. AND EUROPE
A STEP TOWARD A GLOBAL GRAND MERGER?
THE 'ONE WORLD GOVERNMENT' AGENDA

"The master planners devised the strategy of a merger - a Great Merger - among nations.
But before such a merger can be consummated, and the United States becomes just another province in a New World Order, there must at least be the semblance of parity among the senior partners in the deal. How does one make the nations of the world more nearly equal? The Insiders determined that a two-prong approach was needed; use American money and know-how to build up your competitors, while at the same time use every devious strategy you can devise to weaken and impoverish this country. The goal is not to bankrupt the United States. Rather, it is to reduce our productive might, and therefore our standard of living, to the meager subsistence level of the socialized nations of the world.
The plan is not to bring the standard of living in less developed countries up to our level, but to bring ours down to meet theirs coming up... It is your standard of living which must be sacrificed on the altar of the New World Order."

Gary Allen in his book "The Rockefeller File"

 

"Freidrich Hegel's Hegelian dialectic put forth a process whereby opposites 'thesis' and 'antithesis' are reconciled into 'synthesis'. The Rothschild's Business Roundtable that sponsored him saw in the dialectic a boon to their monopolies by presenting phony communism (antithesis) as bogeyman to capitalism (thesis)... By upholding Soviet state capitalism to all the world as an example of "failed Communism", the bankers could discredit this dangerous idea while producing their desired 'synthesis' - a New World Order ruled by the Illuminati banking families and Black Nobility monarchs, with laissez faire monopoly capitalism as their economic paradigm."

Dean Henderson in his book "Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf"

 

"With all of the alleged points of conflict between Russian strongman Vladimir Putin and the West, the notion that Russia and its allies may someday "merge" or "converge" with the United States might sound ludicrous. Still, that is the ultimate plan, and it has been for decades, if not longer. In fact, even the supposed "crises" and "tensions" between "East" and "West" - largely manufactured for public consumption - are helping to drive that process. Somewhat behind the scenes but hardly in total secrecy, Putin and his supposed nemeses among the global government-promoting Western establishment are in fact working together toward what they call a 'New World Order'."

Alex Newman

 

"China and Europe cooperate on many levels and support each others oligarchical systems, but on the other hand they are major competitors along with the United States. A lot of the structural changes being implemented by the EU's technocratic elite and political leaders, like austerity measures, are designed to make Europe more competitive, impoverishing their populations, undertaking structural reforms to increase labor flexibility, dismantling labor protections, benefits, regulations, union rights and workers rights, which makes them a poor exploitable cheap labor force more capable of competing with China. China is on the other end of this labor spectrum, where their labor costs have increased due to popular unrest and protests, forcing wages to increase. China wants to develop a consumer economy rather than be an export oriented economy. While China is moving itself up the economic ladder, Europe is pushing itself down, as they try to find some kind of level playing field, in order to compete more as equals."

Andrew Gavin Marshal, 2014

 

"The powers of financial capitalism had a far-reaching aim, nothing less than to create a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole. This system was to be controlled in a feudalist fashion by the central banks of the world acting in concert, by secret agreements arrived at in frequent private meetings and conferences."

Carroll Quigley in his book "Tragedy and Hope"

 

"There is a plan to homogenize all regions of the earth through massive migrant immigration globally. This systematic leveling of the so called playing field between the developed Western world (North America and Europe) and the developing Third World is simply part of the plan leading to the New World Order. Hence, the globalized aggressive attack and disintegration of the middle class around the world is designed to lower the standard of living in the West, homogenizing a destabilized worldwide lower standard of living that will facilitate maximum control over a desperate, struggling global population."

Joachim Hagopian

 

"The growing tensions between Russia and the West serve a key globalist goal that otherwise would have been far more difficult to sell to the European public, which is increasingly weary and even outraged by never-ending political integration. In Eurasia, EU / U.S. bellicosity in Ukraine helped Putin justify his Eurasian Union machinations, such as justifying the need for integration against hostile super blocs. In Europe, meanwhile, Putin's supposed militarism provided fresh justifications for surrendering even more power and authority to Brussels, giving impetus for building up a full-blown EU military and for Ukraine joining. In Brussels and Washington, the alleged threat posed by Putin has added renewed urgency to the push for transatlantic integration, too."

Alex Newman, 2014

 

"[Major tax-exempt foundations and key government insiders are working] to so alter life in the United States that we can be comfortably merged with the Soviet Union."

Ford Foundation President and Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) member H. Rowan Gaither to congressional investigator Norman Dodd, 1953

 

"If the New World Order types had some kindness, some humanity, some morality perhaps One World Government is what we need. But mainly these are nasty people with a lust for money and a ruthless disregard for human suffering."

Chris Pratt from his movie "Deception"

 

"About two hundred years ago, at the beginning of the industrial revolution, there was what was called the "great divergence" as industrialization made some economies rich. Western empires forced many developing countries to deindustrialize, and to remain as colonial export-oriented economies, while the colonial powers industrialized to advance their economies. This created a great divergence between what we call the third world, developing, emerging economies and the developed, advanced economies - Western Europe, United States and Japan.
Now there is a process of convergence, as countries such as China, Russia, Brazil, India, South Africa, and others rise economically. The G20 is trying to advance the process of global convergence by allowing the twenty largest economies in the world to try to manage the global economic system in a process called global governance."

Andrew Gavin Marshall, 2014

 

"We need governance that is adequate to the global world. We need a culture that will be uniform throughout the world. Unless nations change the rules we will not have global governance."

Mikhail Gorbachev, former President of the USSR, in his keynote speech at the State of the World Forum 2000 in New York

 

"Globalists have long been advancing what they refer to as "convergence." In essence, for the world to be ruled under a single global regime, East and West, Third World and First World, will all have to "converge". In recent decades, however, it has become clear that the scheme involves making the United States and Europe more like China and Russia, rather than the other way around, playing the public on both sides to accelerate the process."

Alex Newman

 

"Ever since the days of Henry Ford, the Economic Elite have needed a thriving US middle class to increase growth and profits, but now, in the global economy, they view the US middle class as obsolete. They increasingly look globally for profits and they would rather pay cheap labor in countries like China and India."

David DeGraw

 

"I believe that the Council on Foreign Relations and its ancillary elitist groups are indifferent to communism. They have no ideological anchors. In their pursuit of a new world order, they are prepared to deal without prejudice with a communist state, a socialist state, a democratic state, a monarchy, an oligarchy - its all the same to them."

Senator Barry M. Goldwater in his book "With No Apologies"

 

"As of 2010, the top 1% of households owned 35.4% of all privately held wealth, and the next 19% had 53.5%, which means that just 20% of the people owned a remarkable 89%, leaving only 11% of the wealth for the bottom 80%."

G. William Domhoff

 

"Virtually the entire communist project in world domination and terror - from the original Bolshevik revolution and the building up of Stalin, to Chairman Mao's murderous takeover of China and Fidel Castro's bloody rise to power in Cuba - has been facilitated every step of the way by Western globalists."

Alex Newman

 

WHY IS THE UNITED STATES PROVOKING WAR WITH RUSSIA AND CHINA?
THE U.S. IS DETERMINED TO BE THE ONLY GLOBAL SUPERPOWER, MAINTAIN FULL-SPECTRUM MILITARY DOMINANCE, CONTROL THE WORLD'S ENERGY RESOURCES, DOMINATE EURASIA, AND PRESERVE THE RESERVE-CURRENCY STATUS OF THE DOLLAR - AT ANY COST

"The scene for a great war involving the great powers of the time ­ US, Russia and China ­ is now set, by design of the elite. It is just a matter of time."

Mujahid Kamran

 

"The US is surrounding Russia and China with military bases."

Paul Craig Roberts

 

"Nothing is more dangerous than the aggressive U.S./NATO troop movements right on the borders of Russia.
Sending U.S. destroyers into the Black Sea and the Baltic Sea; scheduling threatening U.S./NATO war games and troop movements in East Europe; and imposing sanctions on the Russian Federation, is a threat to peace on a world scale."

former US Attorney General Ramsey Clark

 

"Turkey has served as a proxy and facilitator in the CIA's project to undermine China by supporting its Uighur separatist movement.
... One of the main tools Washington is using in order to get Turkey involved in Xinjiang, China, is some Turkish Americans, primarily the Fetullah Gulen network, prosecuted in absentia in Turkey for trying to found a theocratic State order in that country, running his activities from the United States. Another Turk used in this affair is Enver Yusuf Turani, who is the self styled Foreign and Prime Minister of the East Turkistan Government in exile. He has been an American citizen since 1998. Enver Yusuf is in close cooperation with Fetullah Gulen. Their activities for the government in exile are based on a report entitled "the Xinjiang Project" drafted by Graham Fuller in 1998 for the Rand Corporation and revised in 2003 under the title "the Xinjiang Problem." It emphasizes the importance of the Xinjiang Autonomous region in encircling China and provides a strategy for it."

TurkPulse

 

"The neoconservative ideology came to full power with the collapse of the Soviet Union. And this ideology says that history has chosen the US to prevail all over the world, that there is no alternative to the American political and economic system, and that this choice by history gives the US the responsibility to exercise hegemony over the entire world."

Paul Craig Roberts

 

"The three grand imperatives of imperial geostrategy are to prevent collusion and maintain security dependence among the vassals, to keep tributaries pliant and protected, and to keep the barbarians from coming together."

Zbigniew Brzezinski in his book " The Grand Chessboard"

 

"Nobody should have any illusion about the possibility of gaining military superiority over Russia. We will never allow this to happen."

Russian President Vladimir Putin

 

"The US has announced a pivot to Asia, reallocating 60% of the American navy to the South China Sea to control the flow of resources on which China depends. The US is contracting to build a series of new air and naval bases running from the Philippines to Vietnam in order to block China."

Paul Craig Roberts

 

"Russian President Vladimir Putin is Public Enemy Number 1 because he's blocking the US pivot to Asia, strengthening anti-Washington coalitions, sabotaging US foreign policy objectives in the Middle East, creating institutions that rival the IMF and World Bank, transacting massive energy deals with critical US allies, increasing membership in an integrated, single-market Eurasian Economic Union, and attacking the structural foundation upon which the entire US empire rests, the dollar."

Mike Whitney

 

"I do not rule out local and regional armed conflicts developing into a large-scale war, including using nuclear weapons."

Russian General Nikolai Makarov

 

"The war against China is in preparation. The US takes the side of every country that gets into a dispute with China, even over small things that have nothing whatsoever to do with the US."

Paul Craig Roberts

 

"Declining imperial nations find the process of orderly retreat inordinately difficult. They are so desirous of holding on to past privileges and capabilities, there are so many vested interests committed to preserving the status quo, the idea of greatness is so addictive and beguiling, that the retreat from an imperial role and its associated commitments is almost always hugely reluctant and extremely painful."

Martin Jacques in his book"When China Rules the World"

 

"Some Western politicians are already threatening us with not just sanctions, but also the prospect of increasingly serious problems on the domestic front. I would like to know what it is they have in mind exactly - are they hoping to put us in a worsening social and economic situation so as to provoke public discontent? We consider such statements irresponsible and clearly aggressive in tone, and we will respond to them accordingly."

Russian President Vladimir Putin

 

"The Neocons definitely want war with Russia. They've wanted it ever since Reagan was President. "

Paul Craig Roberts

 

"The dollar (the petrodollar) is surely being weakened... The idea is to take the dollar down while gradually substituting other currencies preparatory to creating perhaps a single basket of currencies that will function as a worldwide money."

thedailybell.com

 

"The United States may have to determine how to cope with regional coalitions that seek to push America out of Eurasia, thereby threatening America's status as a global power."

Zbigniew Brzezinski in his book " The Grand Chessboard"

 

"They are constantly trying to drive us into a corner because we have an independent position, because we maintain it and because we tell it like it is and don't engage in hypocrisy. But there is a limit to everything. And with Ukraine, our Western partners have crossed the line, acting irresponsibly and unprofessionally."

Russian President Vladimir Putin

 

"So long as the US dollar remains the reserve currency of trade and in central bank reserves worldwide, then the United States essentially can export its inflation to the rest of the world. In effect, the dollar surplus countries have no choice with their surplus dollars, but to buy U.S. Treasury debt ­ to finance America's wars around the world."

F. William EngdahL

 

"The financial crisis [2008] raised the curtain on a new and protracted period of painfully low growth and greatly reduced expectations in the West, with the American economy - like its European counterparts - facing the prospect of years of austerity... In contrast, the Chinese, buoyed by huge foreign exchange reserves, large trade surpluses and a high level of savings, can look forward to many more years of fast economic growth. All this adds up to an extraordinary and irreversible shift in power from the West in general, and the United States in particular, to China."

Martin Jacques in his book"When China Rules the World"

 

"Losing the world currency role would be devastating for the United States, because that's the main basis for Washington's power. That's why Washington has financial hegemony, that's why iWashington can impose sanctions on sovereign countries. So, if Washington loses this role, if the dollar ceases to be the world reserve currency, we'll see a dramatic reduction in Washington's power."

Paul Craig Roberts

 

"Russian President Vladimir Putin is doing whatever he can to circumvent dollar-denominated business and financial transactions. The move away from the dollar is a direct attack on the US's greatest source of power, the ability to control the de facto international currency and to require that other nation's stockpile dollars for their energy purchases which are then recycled into US financial assets, stocks bonds and US Treasuries. This petrodollar-recycling scam allows the US to run gigantic current account deficits without raising interest rates or reducing government spending. Putin's anti-dollar policies could diminish the greenback's role as reserve currency and put an end to a system that institutionalizes looting."

Mike Whitney

 

"How America 'manages' Eurasia is critical. A power that dominates Eurasia would control two of the world's three most advanced and economically productive regions. A mere glance at the map also suggests that control over Eurasia would almost automatically entail Africa's subordination, rendering the Western Hemisphere and Oceania (Australia) geopolitically peripheral to the world's central continent. About 75 per cent of the world's people live in Eurasia, and most of the world's physical wealth is there as well, both in its enterprises and underneath its soil. Eurasia accounts for about three-fourths of the world's known energy resources."

Zbigniew Brzezinski in his book " The Grand Chessboard"

 

"Washington sent a very senior Treasury official to Riyadh[Saudi Arabia], and essentially told Riyadh that OPEC was not to sell a single barrel of oil unless it is priced in dollars... The oil price jumping by 400 per cent in 1973/74 saved the dollar. The dollar had floated up on a sea of oil... What saved the dollar, what saved Wall Street and the power of the dollar ... was the 400 per cent OPEC price shock. That halted growth in Europe, it smashed the developing countries, which were enjoying a rapid growth dynamic by the early 1970 s, and it tilted the power balance back into the direction of Wall Street and the dollar system."

F. William Engdahl

 

"We've seen the US change its war doctrine, nuclear weapons are no longer to be used only in retaliation to an attack. They are now a preemptive first-strike force. This is clearly directed at Russia. The Ukraine is directed at Russia. So, the war has already started, it is underway. That's what Ukraine is about. It is the war against Russia."

Paul Craig Roberts

 

"NATO is expanding to Russian and Chinese borders. Encroaching US bases surround them. Moscow and Beijing are mindful. They're allied defensively. They're preparing for scenarios they hope to avoid. They're readying for possible global war."

Stephen Lendman

 

"Washington broke all the agreements that Reagan and Gorbachev had about not taking NATO into eastern Europe. NATO is now in the Baltics. It is all across eastern Europe. The former members of the Warsaw pact are now members of NATO."

Paul Craig Roberts

 

"Today, it is imperative to end this hysteria, to refute the rhetoric of the Cold War and to accept the obvious fact: Russia is an independent, active participant in international affairs. Like other countries, it has its own national interests that need to be taken into account and respected."

Russian President Vladimir Putin

 

"The Neocons have been very clear about their ideology of American hegemony over the world. It's like Adolf Hitler all over again. Neoconservatives don't use the Nazi language. Instead, we're said to be the 'exceptional' people, the 'indispensable country.' They use these adjectives to elevate the United States above law, its own law and international law. So, it's alright if we commit war crimes with naked aggression. It's alright if we torture. It's alright if we kidnap people in foreign countries and take them to other foreign countries. This is all just part of America achieving hegemony. Notice the way we achieve it is not by argument or reason or persuasion or anything like that. It's by force."

Paul Craig Roberts

 

"The 2008 Western financial crisis marked a precipitous and irreversible decline in Europe's position. Its place in the world will never be the same again... The EU - and its member countries - will experience a diminished role in the world: other countries are already less keen on becoming trading partners, with alternative and more attractive suitors on offer; European influence and representation in international bodies is steadily declining, as the recent reforms in the IMF illustrate; and their aid and assistance will be less sought after by developing countries as wealthier and more generous donors, notably China, take their place."

Martin Jacques in his book"When China Rules the World"

 

"I'm not sure that we can rely on Washington to have the judgment not to push Washington's takeover of Ukraine into a hot war. It seems preposterous to think that Washington would be in a hot war with China and Russia. These are two large powerful countries. They have nuclear weapons."

Paul Craig Roberts

 

"China will not hesitate to protect Iran even with a Third World War."

Chinese Rear Admiral Zhang Zhaozhong

 

"The West is habituated to the idea that the world is its world; that the international community is its community; that international institutions are its institutions; that the world currency - namely the dollar - is its currency; that universal values are its values; that world history is its history; and that the world's language - namely English - is its language."

Martin Jacques in his book"When China Rules the World"

 

"Washington is recreating the Cold War that it had with the Soviet Union. This is a very profitable way to supply the US military-security complex with the taxpayers' money. And in some ways it is safer than a war, because the war in Afghanistan didn't go well, the war in Iraq didn't go well. But if you can have a Cold War and you don't actually fight, you can keep it going for years, just like the Cold War with the Soviet Union. And the Cold War built the military-security complex in the US."

Paul Craig Roberts

 

NOT ALL CONSPIRACIES ARE THEORIES
"CONSPIRACY THEORY" IS A LABEL OFTEN USED TO KEEP US FROM LEARNING THE TRUTH

"We have been conditioned to laugh at conspiracy theories, and few people will risk public ridicule by advocating them... Almost all of history is an unbroken trail of one conspiracy after another. Conspiracies are the norm, not the exception."

G. Edward Griffin in his book "The Creature from Jekyll Island"

 

"'Conspiracy theory' is a term that at once strikes fear and anxiety in the hearts of most every public figure, particularly journalists and academics. Since the 1960s the label has become a disciplinary device that has been overwhelmingly effective in defining certain events off limits to inquiry or debate. Especially in the United States raising legitimate questions about dubious official narratives destined to inform public opinion (and thereby public policy) is a major thought crime that must be cauterized from the public psyche at all costs."

James F. Tracy

 

"There is an Establishment history, an official history, which dominates history textbooks, trade publishing, the media and library shelves. The official line always assumes that events such as wars, revolutions, scandals, assassinations, are more or less random unconnected events. By definition events can never be the result of a conspiracy, they can never result from premeditated planned group action.
... Woe betide any book or author that falls outside the official guidelines. Foundation support is not there. Publishers get cold feet. Distribution is hit and miss, or non-existent."

Antony Sutton in his book "America's Secret Establishment: An Introduction to the Order of Skull and Bones"

 

"World events do not occur by accident. They are made to happen, whether it is to do with national issues or commerce; most of them are staged and managed by those who hold the purse string."

Denis Healey, former British Secretary of Defense

 

"Total control of conception with a variant of the ubiquitous 'pill' via water supplies or certain essential foodstuffs, offset by a controlled 'antidote', is already under development."

from "Report from Iron Mountain"

 

"Once the Cold War ended, the ruling class sought enemies to keep their military industrial complex and Wall Street financiers enriched and happy. 9/11 was used to further that agenda as war on a tactic (terror) will never end. Perpetual conflict is a chief goal of the establishment. Orwell would be impressed with how our keepers have perfected the "We've always been at war with Eastasia" propaganda tool to perpetuate their goals. Both parties continue to promote war and increase the profits of the military industrial complex."

www.theburningplatform.com, 2015

 

"From the beginning, what has become the environmentalist movement, has never been about the environment. The modern day green movement is and has always been a cover for population reduction."

Executive Intelligence Review, 2013

 

"No matter how paranoid or conspiracy-minded you are, what the government is actually doing is worse than you imagine."

William Blum in his book "Rogue State"


 
"The media use the epithet 'conspiracy theorist' to discredit anyone who discusses the criminal activities of real people."

Daniel Estulin in his book "Shadow Masters"

 

"In an oligarchical society characterized by the preponderant role of secret intelligence agencies - such as the United States at the beginning of the twenty-first century - anyone who rules out conspiracies runs the risk of not understanding very much of what is going on."

Webster Griffin Tarpley in his book "9/11 Synthetic Terror - made in the USA"

 

"Fifteen-year-old "Nayirah" testified before the United States Congress in October 1990 that she was a refugee volunteering in the maternity ward of Al Adan hospital in Kuwait City, and that during the occupation by Iraq she had witnessed Iraqi soldiers dumping Kuwaiti infants out of their incubators onto the cold floor to die... It was not revealed until later that the girl was actually the daughter of the Kuwaiti ambassador to the United States. Two maternity nurses in that ward, later said that they had never seen Nayirah there and that the baby-dumping had never happened."

www.democraticunderground.com

 

"The Joint Chiefs of Staff drew up and approved plans for ... launching a secret and bloody war of terrorism against their own country in order to trick the American public into supporting an ill-conceived war they intended to launch against Cuba.
Code named Operation Northwoods, the plan, which had the written approval of the Chairman [General Lyman Lemnitzer] and every member of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, called for innocent people to be shot on American streets; for boats carrying refugees fleeing Cuba to be sunk on the high seas; for a wave of violent terrorism to be launched in Washington, D.C., Miami, and elsewhere. People would be framed for bombings they did not commit; planes would be hijacked. Using phony evidence, all of it would be blamed on Castro, thus giving Lemnitzer and his cabal the excuse, as well as the public and international backing, they needed to launch their war."
[Operation Northwoods was rejected by President Kennedy.]

James Bamford in his book "Body of Secrets"

 

"There is a huge tacit conspiracy between the U.S. government, its agencies and its multinational corporations, on the one hand, and local business and military cliques in the Third World, on the other, to assume complete control of these countries and "develop" them on a joint venture basis. The military leaders of the Third World were carefully nurtured by the U.S. security establishment to serve as the "enforcers" of this joint venture partnership, and they have been duly supplied with machine guns and the latest data on methods of interrogation of subversives."

Edward S. Herman

 

"The permanent possibility of war is the foundation for stable government; it supplies the basis for general acceptance of political authority. It has enabled societies to maintain necessary class distinctions, and it has ensured the subordination of the citizen to the state, by virtue of the residual war powers inherent in the concept of nationhood. No modern political ruling group has successfully controlled its constituency after failing to sustain the continuing credibility of an external threat of war."

from "Report from Iron Mountain"

 

"The owner of all three [World Trade Center] buildings was Larry Silverstein, who had recently doubled the insurance value of the Twin Towers. He stated in a PBS interview that he and the New York Fire Department agreed to a controlled demolition of WTC 7. Since skyscrapers are not [normally] wired for demolition -- unless someone intends to demolish them -- Silverstein's statement is an admission that 9/11 was an inside job."

Captain Eric H. May, former Army military intelligence and public affairs officer, 2008

 

""Conspiracy theorist" as an all-purpose term of 'ad hominem' argument to dismiss arguments which cannot be refuted, goes back to the years after the Kennedy assassination, when the public was expected to accept that it was US government policy that this great crime, along with the further assassinations of Martin Luther King and Robert Kennedy in 1968, would remain permanently unsolved, and that those who objected would be vilified."

Webster Griffin Tarpley in his book "9/11 Synthetic Terror - made in the USA"

 

"The corporate-owned press and numerous political leaders have suppressed or attacked the many revelations about the murder [of President John Kennedy in November 1963] unearthed by independent investigators.
... Their efforts reveal a conspiracy to assassinate the president and an even more extensive conspiracy to hide the crime."

Michael Parenti in his book "Dirty Truths"

 

"For many Americans, the idea that we are living in a country whose own leaders planned and carried out the attacks of 9/11 is simply too horrible to entertain. Unfortunately, however, there is strong evidence in support of this view."

9/11 and American Empire : Intellectuals Speak Out
edited by David Ray Griffin and Peter Dale Scott

 

"The high officials, media executives and military officers who are bound by law and ethics to serve the American people have become a textbook example of a grand conspiracy. To look at it from their point of view, they are historic actors who are beyond good and evil, who must stimulate the American people to a necessary geostrategic adventure by any means necessary. To them, the official account of the 9/11 "terror" attacks is what Plato once described as the "noble lie," a necessary falsehood told to a childlike public in order to direct it maturely. The simple fact is that 9/11 has justified an attempt to seize and control the ultimate geostrategic resource: oil."

Captain Eric H. May, a former Army military intelligence and public affairs officer, 2008

 

"Am I a conspiracy theorist if I suggest that since the network's nightly news broadcasts are sponsored almost entirely by prescription drug ads, that you might have to hold your breath a long time before you hear the alternative point of view to using pharmaceuticals to cure all our ailments?
... Do pharmaceutical companies want to cure diabetes or do they want to sell diabetes drugs and equipment? Well, they sure do sell a lot these days, and the food companies are what make that possible. Read David Kessler's book about the deliberate way food companies use salt, fat and sugar as foodcrack to get people literally addicted to eating bad food and too much of it. Is that a conspiracy? Only if you define corporations putting profit ahead of human health as conspiracy. The fact that Americans will do anything to each other for money is not a conspiracy, it's a scandal."

Bill Maher, 2009

 

"In 1932, the Public Health Service collaborated with the Tuskegee Institute to record the history of syphilis in the black male community. Called the Tuskegee Study of Untreated Syphilis in the Negro Male, the study initially included 600 black men - 399 with the disease and 201 without. While the men were told they would receive treatment, however, the researchers never provided adequate treatment for the disease. Even when penicillin became the preferred and available treatment for syphilis, researchers kept their subjects in the dark... Although originally planned to last only six months, the experiment continued for 40 years."

Christina Sterbenz, www.businessinsider.com

 

WILL FASCISM TRIUMPH IN AMERICA?

"Fascism should more appropriately be called Corporatism because it is a merger of State and corporate power."

Benito Mussolini - dictator of Italy

 

"When fascism comes to America it will be wrapped in the flag and carrying a cross."

Sinclair Lewis, 1835

 

"Don't even whisper that the USA is a fascist empire, even though it's obvious to anyone who's even half awake that corporations own the government on every level, and that fascism by Mussolini's own definition is the merger of state and corporate power."

John R. Hall

 

"Bankers represent corporatist fascism and monopoly. Through their great wealth they control most governments and their court systems. That is why your elected representatives do not listen to you. They have already been purchased by Wall Street and banking. These are the same people who have financed most wars on both sides for centuries. Through their banks, and the Bank for International Settlements (BIS), they control money laundering and the worldwide drug trade, which is the most lucrative of all enterprises."

Bob Chapman

 

"The first truth is that the liberty of a democracy is not safe if the people tolerate the growth of private power to a point where it becomes stronger than their democratic state itself. That, in its essence, is fascism - ownership of government by an individual, by a group, or by any other controlling private power."

President Franklin D. Roosevelt

 

"We're not moving toward Hitler-type fascism, but we're moving toward a softer fascism: Loss of civil liberties, corporations running the show, big government in bed with big business."

Congressman Ron Paul (R-TX), 2007

 

"The really dangerous American fascist is the man who wants to do in the United States in an American way what Hitler did in Germany in a Prussian way. The American fascist would prefer not to use violence. His method is to poison the channels of public information. With a fascist the problem is never how best to present the truth to the public but how best to use the news to deceive the public into giving the fascist and his group more money or more power.
They claim to be superpatriots, but they would destroy every liberty guaranteed by the Constitution. They demand free enterprise but are the spokesmen for monopoly and vested interest. Their final objective toward which all their deceit is directed is to capture political power so that, using the power of the state and the power of the market simultaneously, they may keep the common man in eternal subjugation."

US Vice President Henry Wallace to the New York Times, April 9, 1944

 

"I wouldn't call it fascism exactly, but a political system nominally controlled by an irresponsible, dumbed down electorate who are manipulated by dishonest, cynical, controlled mass media that dispense the propaganda of a corrupt political establishment can hardly be described as democracy either"

columnist Edward Zehr

 

"The central bank of a nation finances monopoly industry and imperial states, both of which are created out of debt bondage to the central bank. Both the commercial/industrial elites and political elites merge their interests - the state will pursue imperial policies that have the effect of benefiting industry, while industry will support the building of a strong, powerful state (and provide a cozy job for the political elite upon leaving the public sector). This makes up the ruling class of a nation, the capitalists, or owners of the means of production, merging with the political rulers of the nation [a definition of fascism]."

Andrew Gavin Marshall

 

"The dictionary definition of fascism is government control over the means of production with ownership held in private hands... The twentieth century fascism of Germany was private monopoly control over the government which then did control industry, but in such a way as to favor the monopolists and to prevent competition."

G. Edward Griffin

 

"Fascism emerges in the midst of a capitalist crisis when the ruling elements mobilize chauvinism and racism to divert the attention of the working people from mobilizing against the capitalist class. This was the concrete experience of fascism during the last major capitalist depression."

Horace G. Campbell

 

"The Nazi state is a dictatorship of monopoly capitalism. Its 'fascism' is that of business enterprise organized on a monopoly basis, and in full command of all the military, police, legal and propaganda power of the state."

economist Robert Brady

 

"There will be no swastikas in an American fascism, but Stars and Stripes and Christian crosses. No fascist salute, but mass recitations of the Pledge of Allegiance. These symbols contain no whiff of fascism in themselves, of course, but an American fascism would transform them into obligatory litmus tests for detecting the internal enemy."

historian Robert O. Paxton

 

"The CFR is a supragovermnental organization that overshadows congress. It is financed by the Tax-exempt Foundations, and portrays itself as a humanitarian group. But its objectives are to erode national sovereignty and merge America into a worldwide government under the control of its members, which include people of tremendous wealth. Basically, their goal is global fascism. The CFR is responsible for setting major policy, which is activated without public knowledge or consent. It is beyond congressional investigation."

Mark M. Rich, "The Hidden Evil"

 

"The chief distinction of fascism is the partnership between business and government."

Larry Abraham with Franklin Sanders in "The Greening"

 

"Dominionists wait only for a fiscal, social or political crisis, a moment of upheaval in the form of an economic meltdown or another terrorist strike on American soil, to move to reconfigure the political system. Such a crisis could unleash a public clamor, for drastic new national security measures and draconian reforms to safeguard the nation. Widespread discontent and fear, stoked and manipulated by dominionists and their sympathizers could be used by these radicals to sweep aside the objections of beleaguered moderates in Congress and the courts, those clinging to a bankrupt and discredited liberalism, to establish an American theocracy, a Christian fascism."

Chris Hedges

 

"Every day that the conservatives in Congress, the right-wing talking heads, and their noisy minions are allowed to hold up our ability to govern the country is another day we're slowly creeping across the final line - toward fascism - beyond which, history tells us, no country has ever been able to return."

Sara Robinson

 

"Hitler has a deep respect for the Catholic church and the Jesuit order; not because of their Christian doctrine, but because of the 'machinery' they have elaborated and controlled, their hierarchical system, their extremely clever tactics, their knowledge of human nature and their wise use of human weaknesses in ruling over believers."

Hermann Rauschning, 1939

 

"The United States is extremely lucky that no honest, charismatic figure has arisen. Every charismatic figure is such an obvious crook that he destroys himself, like McCarthy or Nixon or the evangelist preachers. If somebody comes along who is charismatic and honest this country is in real trouble because of the frustration, disillusionment, the justified anger and the absence of any coherent response. What are people supposed to think if someone says 'I have got an answer, we have an enemy'? There it was the Jews. Here it will be the illegal immigrants and the blacks. We will be told that white males are a persecuted minority. We will be told we have to defend ourselves and the honor of the nation. Military force will be exalted. People will be beaten up. This could become an overwhelming force. And if it happens it will be more dangerous than Germany."

Noam Chomsky

 

"I'm afraid, based on my own experience, that fascism will come to America in the name of national security."

Jim Garrison, New Orleans District Attorney, prosecutor in the JFK assassination conspiracy trial

 

"It may well be that the real agenda of the George W Bush administration is to create a kind of soft fascism, a presidential dictatorship or one-party system that presides over a de facto Christian plutocracy, and that has managed to squelch all opposing voices."

Morris Berman

 

"Franklin Delano Roosevelt warned Congress in 1938 that when government is controlled by private economic power, he called that fascism. And he would consider today's control by private economic power -- namely, giant corporations astride the world -- as an even more advanced form of what he called fascism: control of government by corporate interests... the clinical definition of "fascism" is when private concentrated economic power takes government away from the people, turns government into a guarantor, a subsidizer, a covering of corporate power. And corporations now have their executives in high government positions. They have 35,000 full-time lobbies here... And they have 10,000 political action committees."

Ralph Nader, 2007

 

"US policymakers use fascism to protect capitalism, while claiming they are saving democracy from Communism."

Michael Parenti

 

"Fascism is the imposed dictatorship of the ruling class utilizing armed force to preserve the social-economic system wherever it is collapsing. The destruction of democracy-"that bourgeois illusion"-the suppression of all civil liberties, the destruction of the trade unions and the intellectuals, the glorification of the State-these are the natural results of the coming into power of a regime whose one purpose is the salvation of the profit system and whose hired leaders are superpatriots, demagogues, militarists, political racketeers, and fanatics."

George Seldes

 

"I know the capacity that is there to make tyranny total in America."

Senator Frank Church, 1975

 

"When and if fascism finally takes hold in America, the basic forms of government will remain... Fascism will appear to be friendly. The legislators will be in session. There will be elections, and the news media will continue to cover the entertainment and political trivia. Consent of the governed, however, will no longer apply. Actual control will have finally passed to the oligarchic elite controlling the government behind the scenes."

John W. Whitehead, 2015

 

"Left unchecked, the hatred for radical Islam will transform itself into a hatred for Muslims. The hatred for undocumented workers will become a hatred for Mexicans and Central Americans. The hatred for those not defined by this largely white movement as American patriots will become a hatred for African-Americans. The hatred for liberals will morph into a hatred for all democratic institutions, from universities to government agencies to the press. Our continued impotence and cowardice, our refusal to articulate this anger and stand up in open defiance to the Democrats and the Republicans, will see us swept aside for an age of terror and blood."

Chris Hedges

 

"People have reached a point where anything which will save them from Communism is a godsend; and if Fascism or Nazism promises more security than our own democracy we may even turn to them."

Eleanor Roosevelt

 

"Democracy is dead in the United States and the forces of tyranny and authoritarianism offer no apologies for their hatred of democracy and the culture of poverty, immiseration, and cruelty that they want to impose on the American people, if not the rest of the world.
... The protean forces for creating an authoritarian state are in full play in the United States and extend far beyond the shadow of a debased and corrupt politics. A set of complex forces working in tandem is slowly, insidiously eroding the very foundations of a civic and democratic culture. Some of the most glaring issues are massive unemployment; a rotting infrastructure; the defunding of vital public services; the dismantling of the social safety net; expanding levels of poverty, especially for children; and an imprisonment binge largely targeting poor minorities of color."

Henry Giroux

 

"It would be easy for us, if we do not learn to understand the world and appreciate the rights, privileges and duties of all other countries and peoples, to represent in our power the same danger to the world that Fascism did."

Ernest Hemingway

 

"We are being ruled by an oligarchy disguised as a democracy, and arguably on our way towards fascism - a form of government where private corporate interests rule, money calls the shots, and the people are seen as mere subjects to be controlled.
...We are now ruled by an oligarchic elite of governmental and corporate interests. We have moved into "corporatism" which is a halfway point on the road to full-blown fascism."

John W. Whitehead, 2015

 

"Fascism: a system of government that exercises a dictatorship of the extreme right, typically through the merging of state and business leadership, together with belligerent nationalism."

American Heritage Dictionary, 1983

 

"A principle of Italian corporatism, and economic fascism in general, is that private property and business ownership are permitted, but are in reality controlled by government through a business-government 'partnership'."

Andrew Gavin Marshall

 

"The Rockefeller group within the American power establishment, along with numerous related corporate heads from Henry Ford to the DuPonts, had long been attracted to the European models of Mussolini's corporatist Fascism and even German Nazism."

F. William Engdahl, "The Gods of Money"

 

"The elements are in place for fascism: a weak legislative body, a legal system that is both compliant and repressive, a party system in which one party, whether in opposition or in the majority, is bent upon reconstituting the existing system so as to permanently favor a ruling class of the wealthy, the well-connected and the corporate.
... That scheme is abetted by a sycophantic and increasingly concentrated media."

Sheldon Wolin, "Inverted Totalitarianism", The Nation, May 19, 2003

 

"Rather than forcing a populace to adhere to a particular state ideology, the general public in the United States is largely depoliticized through the influence of corporations over schools, higher education, and other cultural apparatuses. The deadening of public values, civic consciousness, and critical citizenship are also the result of the work of anti-public intellectuals representing right-wing ideological and financial interests, a powerful corporate controlled media, and a market-driven public pedagogy that reduces the obligations of citizenship to the endless consumption and discarding of commodities. In addition, a pedagogy of historical, social, and racial amnesia is constructed and ciculated through a highly popular celebrity culture and its counterpart in corporate-driven news, television, radio, and entertainment to produce a culture of stupidity, censorship, and diversionary spectacles."

Henry Giroux

 

"Fascism is on the march today in America. Millionaires are marching to the tune. It will come in this country unless a strong defense is set up by all liberal and progressive forces... A clique of U.S. industrialists is hell-bent to bring a fascist state to supplant our democratic government, and is working closely with the fascist regime in Germany and Italy. Aboard ship a prominent executive of one of America's largest financial corporations told me point blank that if the progressive trend of the Roosevelt administration continued, he would be ready to take definite action to bring fascism to America."

William Dodd, former US Ambassador to Germany, 1938, told a reporter aboard a U. S.-bound ship

 

"I think we already have a fascist executive branch, but that does not translate into systemic fascism yet. Fascism is a middle class phenomenon, which means it is something that happens in countries that have achieved a level of development. Right now we are seeing a preparatory phase by the fascist executive branch, putting in place the legal infrastructure to impose a distinctly American fascism if the opportunity arrives. Guantanamo, PATRIOT Act, the FTAA demonstrations, all of it."

Stan Goff, a retired military. officer' who has spoken out eloquently against the invasion of Iraq

 

"Fascism is a method of preparing a nation for imperialistic adventures which have in the past and will in the future include wholesale slaughter as one of its means."

George Seldes

 

"With a fascist the problem is never how best to present the truth to the public but how best to use the news to deceive the public into giving the fascist and his group more money or more power. American fascism will not be really dangerous until there is a purposeful coalition among the cartelists, the deliberate poisoners of public information. They claim to be super-patriots, but they would destroy every liberty guaranteed by the Constitution."

US Vice President Henry Wallace, 1944

 

"The United States is now a hair's breath from becoming a turnkey totalitarian state."

William Binney, former NSA officer

 

"The Weimar Republic [Germany] was the peak of Western civilization and was regarded as a model of democracy... In 1928 the Nazis had less than 2 percent of the vote. Two years later, millions supported them. The public got tired of the incessant wrangling, and the service to the powerful, and the failure of those in power to deal with their grievances."

Noam Chomsky

 

"Authoritarianism in the American collective psyche and in what might be called traditional narratives of historical memory is always viewed as existing elsewhere. Viewed as an alien and demagogic political system, it is primarily understood as a mode of governance associated with the dictatorships in Latin America in the 1970s and, of course, in its most vile extremes, with Hitler's poisonous Nazi rule and Mussolini's fascist state in the 1930s and 1940s. These were and are societies that idealized war, soldiers, nationalism, militarism, political certainty, fallen warriors, racial cleansing, and a dogmatic allegiance to the homeland. Education and the media were the propaganda tools of authoritarianism, merging fascist and religious symbols with the language of God, family, and country, and were integral to promoting servility and conformity among the populace."

Henry Giroux

 

WHY DON'T "HUMAN RIGHTS" INCLUDE BASIC HUMAN NEEDS LIKE
FOOD, WATER, SHELTER, CLOTHING, SANITATION, HEALTHCARE AND EDUCATION?

"There is a current of human rights that judges a society by how well it treats the poor and the weak. It challenges power by asking why, in large areas of the world where civil liberties and the rule of law do hold sway, so little is done to meet the most basic economic, medical, and educational needs of the population.

James Peck in his book "Ideal Illusions"

 

"The American Constitution itself does not include economic, social, and cultural rights. It includes no mandate to have the basic needs of people satisfied."

James Peck in his book "Ideal Illusions"

 

"Human rights leaders never found a war against the social development and economic well-being of a nation a violation of human rights."

James Peck in his book "Ideal Illusions"

 

"Washington set out after the Vietnam War to craft human rights into a new language of power designed to promote American foreign policy... Washington has shaped idealism into a potent ideological weapon for ends having little to do with human rights - and everything to do with extending America's global reach."

James Peck in his book "Ideal Illusions"

 

"The human rights movement's deep uneasiness with all forms of radical and revolutionary social change was already evident in 1961, when the newly founded Amnesty international pronounced that no prisoners who advocated violence could be considered prisoners of conscience: thus no revolutionaries, not even Nelson Mandela in South Africa."

James Peck in his book "Ideal Illusions"

 

"We look with perplexity at how slavery could coexist with the belief that all men are created equal, how liberalism could rise hand in hand with colonialism and brutal forms of exploitation, how calls for freedom could ignore women's rights, how the antislavery movement in England could coincide with the Opium Wars against China, and how democracies could fight colonial wars."

James Peck in his book "Ideal Illusions"

 

"When human rights groups refused on principle to take a stand on American global policies and geopolitical questions, they chose to ignore the history of the national security establishment's standard operating procedures. Some human rights activists and members of Congress were well aware of long-standing U.S. military programs in counterinsurgency and counterterror operations, which brought military and intelligence officers from other countries to the United States for training. But few leaders spoke to this history. Thus all the newly uncovered facts about ongoing atrocities were reported with little background on decades of political warfare strategies. Human rights groups never much addressed Washington's policies, certainly not in a way that effectively discredited the rhetoric of democratization."

James Peck in his book "Ideal Illusions"

 

"Chinese critics asked how the growing inequalities between rich and poor in the United States could be compatible with a human rights spirit. Why were 36.5 million Americans living in poverty in 2006? Why is the wealth of the richest growing exponentially, widening the already huge earnings gap between the rich and the less well off? Why did payments to corporate CEOs that were some 475 times higher than those to ordinary workers go unchallenged by human rights advocates? Was the control of patents on medicines for AIDS and other diseases that would help enormously in poorer countries an intellectual property right - or a human rights violation?"

James Peck in his book "Ideal Illusions"

 

"As far back as the 1850s, Frederick Douglass, looking at the unquestionably vibrant press in the United States, asked how it could coexist with one of the most cruel systems of slavery the world had ever known. Why was a people so moral about some issues able to live face-to-face with such evil? And why did segregation last for another century after slavery? The issue was not the absence of a free press or of the free flow of ideas or of criticism. How and why blatant injustices are accepted and lived with as part of the commonweal is, as the American abolitionist John Brown warned, the key question of human rights."

James Peck in his book "Ideal Illusions"

 

"Thousands of dossiers have been produced describing in meticulous detail the death squads and torture and extrajudicial executions carried out by brutal regimes and pathological dictators around the world. When people with black or yellow or brown skin, with Islamic or Communist or nationalist credentials murder their prisoners or bomb their villagers, they are condemned - often quite selectively, to be sure - by the "civilized" world. And they should be condemned. But the American leaders who ordered the free fire zones in Vietnam and the Phoenix program, or directed the Contras against the Sandinistas, or were complicit in Saddam Hussein's gas warfare against the Kurds, or set up and operated Guantánamo are not taken to court. They face no trials. On any human rights website you will find a growing number of prominent leaders indicted for war crimes and crimes against humanity. Few are American or Western European or Israeli."

James Peck in his book "Ideal Illusions"

 

"Behind the veil of legitimacy and humanitarian concerns can be found the same powerful people and organizations such as the Open Society Institute of George Soros, the Ford Foundation, the United States Institute of Peace, the National Endowment for Democracy and many more, financing and using a maze of well known NGO's such as Human Rights Watch, Amnesty International, the International Crisis Group, etc., as well as more obscure entities.
With the help of these various groups it is possible not only to shape but to create the news, the agenda and public opinion to further aims which are, in short, the control of the world, its natural resources and the furtherance of the uniform ideal of a perfect world polity made in America."

James Peck in his book "Ideal Illusions"

 

IS MAN-MADE CLIMATE CHANGE A HOAX?
THE GLOBAL WARMING SCAM

"The claim that man-made CO2 emissions are causing catastrophic changes in the earth's climate is one of the biggest, most criminal frauds ever perpetrated in human history. The assertion itself requires manipulation of scientific data, heavy-handed blackmail and fraud to create the false claim of a scientific 'consensus', and the transfer of trillions of dollars from an already depressed world economy into a known scientific dead-end. However, it is the intended effect of peddling that lie-namely the rapid 'decarbonization' of the world's economy and stifling the economic growth of the third world."

Executive Intelligence Review

 

"I have documents showing that the CIA invented the whole thing. Global Warming was invented to both scare people, and divert their attention from other human-made dangers like nuclear weapons. The CIA gave millions of dollars to any scientist who would confirm the theory, so many unscrupulous scientists did what they were told in order to get the money. Now, there is so much fake data to confirm that Global Warming "exists", that they actually convinced everyone that it was real."

Edward Snowden, 2016

 

"In searching for a new enemy to unite us, we came up with the idea that pollution, the threat of global warming, water shortages, famine and the like would fit the bill. All these dangers are caused by human intervention, and it is only through changed attitudes and behavior that they can be overcome. The real enemy then, is humanity itself."

Club of Rome report "The First Global Revolution", describes a plan to exploit the false threat of global warming in order to further their agenda, 1991

 

"Politicians have come to see global warming as a way to raise revenue by rationing CO2 production with schemes such as the 'cap and trade' legislation now in Congress. The taxes assessed for producing CO2 could be huge. But global warming as proclaimed by Al Gore and Co., is a hoax."

John Takeuchi, meteorologist

 

"The claim that man-made CO2 emissions are causing catastrophic changes in the earth's climate is one of the biggest, most criminal frauds ever perpetrated in human history. The assertion itself requires manipulation of scientific data, heavy-handed blackmail and fraud to create the false claim of a scientific 'consensus', and the transfer of trillions of dollars from an already depressed world economy into a known scientific dead-end. However, it is the intended effect of peddling that lie-namely the rapid 'decarbonization' of the world's economy and stifling the economic growth of the third world."

Executive Intelligence Review, 2013

 

"Global warming fears are the worst scientific scandal in history. When people come to know what the truth is, they will feel deceived by science and scientists."

Kiminori Itoh, member of IPCC (Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change), award-winning environmental physical chemist

 

"If this were a human caused warming, it should have started about 1940 and trended strongly upward as global industrialization followed World War II. That isn't what happened. The warming started about 1850. We had a surge of warming from about 1850 to 1870. We had another surge from 1916 to 1940 and then, when the greenhouse gasses began to spew from the factories, the temperatures went down for 35 years. 1976 to 1998, we had another surge of warming, but we've had no warming in the last 8 years. So, what we have is an erratic warming that started too soon to be blamed on humans."

Dennis Avery

 

"For years, the Elites of the West have cranked up the myth of Man Made Global Warming as a means first and foremost to control the lives and behaviors of their populations. Knowing full well that their 'produce in China and sell in the West' model and its consequent spiral downward in wages and thus standards of living, was unsustainable, the elites moved to use this new "science" to guilt trip and scare monger their populations into smaller and more conservative forms of living."

Stanislav Mishin

 

"Billions of dollars of grant money [over $50 billion] are flowing into the pockets of those on the man-made global warming bandwagon. No man-made global warming, the money dries up. This is big money, make no mistake about it. Always follow the money trail and it tells a story."

James Spann, American Meteorological Society-certified meteorologist

 

"The IPCC (Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change) is pre-programmed to produce reports to support the hypotheses of anthropogenic warming and the control of greenhouse gases, as envisioned in the Global Climate Treaty... The 1990 IPCC Summary completely ignored satellite data, since they showed no warming. The 1995 IPCC report was notorious for the significant alterations made to the text after it was approved by the scientists - in order to convey the impression of a human influence. The 2001 IPCC report claimed the twentieth century showed 'unusual warming' based on the now-discredited hockey stick graph. The latest IPCC report, published in 2007, completely devaluates the climate contributions from changes in solar activities, which are likely to dominate any human influence."

Frederick Seitz, Past President, U.S. National Academy of Sciences

 

"CO2 is not a primary driver of climate change. The climate changes we have seen, and those we will see in the future, are overwhelmingly the product of natural influences, with orbital changes, solar activity."

Executive Intelligence Review, 2013

 

"The global warming agenda is really about money, trading carbon credits and imposing carbon taxes."

Eric Roston

 

"All temperature and weather observations indicate that the earth isn't like a greenhouse and that there is in reality no 'natural greenhouse effect' which could warm up the earth by its own emitted energy - a 'global warming effect'. With or without atmosphere every body looses heat, gets inevitably colder... The hypothesis of a natural and a man-made 'greenhouse effect', like eugenics, belongs to the category 'scientific errors."

Wolfgang P. Thuene, former analyst and forecaster for the German Weather Service

 

"Because CO2 is slightly soluble in water and will come back to the Earth with precipitation, nature corrects for any excess, just as it does with other excess materials from volcanoes and forest fires. Nature recycles all of what it considers excess very efficiently."

Sherwood Thoele, analytical chemist and mathematician

 

"CO2 emissions make absolutely no difference [in global temperature] one way or another. Every scientist knows this, but it doesn't pay to say so. Global warming, as a political vehicle, keeps Europeans in the driver's seat and developing nations walking barefoot."

Takeda Kunihiko, vice-chancellor of the Institute of Science and Technology Research at Chubu University, Japan

 

"The hypothesis that the global warming of the past decades is man-made is based on the results of calculations with climate models in which the main influence on climate is not included. The most important climate driver comes from the interplay of solar activity, interplanetary magnetic field strength, cosmic radiation intensity, and cloud cover of the Earth atmosphere."

Gerhard Lobert, physicist, Recipient of The Needle of Honor of German Aeronautics

 

"There is no convincing scientific evidence that human release of carbon dioxide, methane, or other greenhouse gases is causing or will, in the foreseeable future, cause catastrophic heating of the Earth's atmosphere and disruption of the Earth's climate. Moreover, there is substantial scientific evidence that increases in atmospheric carbon dioxide produce many beneficial effects upon the natural plant and animal environments of the Earth."

Jon Hartzler, retired science professor from St. Cloud State University

 

"From the beginning, what has become the environmentalist movement, has never been about the environment. The modern day green movement is and has always been a cover for population reduction."

Executive Intelligence Review, 2013

 

"Geologists and paleo-climatologists know that in the past the Earth's temperature has been substantially warmer than it is today, and that this warming has occurred under purely natural circumstances."

Greg Benson, earth scientist, geologic study/geologic modeling

 

"The press promotes the global warming alarmists and ignores or minimizes those who are skeptical. To many of us, there is no convincing evidence that carbon dioxide produced by humans has any influence on the Earth's climate."

Mark L. Campbell, professor of chemistry at the U.S. Naval Academy

 

"Scientists and activists alike have jumped on the global warming bandwagon. It's become a fad, a trend, a wave of enthusiasm, and the scientists are going along with the fad to get research grants and the media limelight... The facts, such as we can observe and calculate them, do not support the idea of man-made global warming."

William Hunt, research scientist National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration

 

"Research data on climate change do not show that human use of hydrocarbons is harmful. To the contrary, there is good evidence that increased atmospheric carbon dioxide is environmentally helpful... [The Kyoto Treaty on Climate Change] would have very negative effects upon the technology of nations throughout the world, especially those that are currently attempting to lift from poverty and provide opportunities to the over 4 billion people in technologically underdeveloped countries."

Frederick Seitz, Past President, U.S. National Academy of Sciences

 

IS HEALTHCARE IN THE U.S. CONTROLLED BY A MEDICAL/PHARMA MAFIA?
BIG PROFITS FROM SELLING DRUGS AND PROCEDURES, NOT KEEPING PEOPLE HEALTHY

"Physicians learn to practice a very drug-intensive style of medicine. Even when changes in lifestyle would be more effective, doctors and their patients often believe that for every ailment and discontent there is a drug."

Dr. Marcia Angell, former editor in chief of the New England Journal of Medicine, 2015

 

"The U.S. currently has the most aggressive vaccination schedule of any country on the planet."

Melissa Melton, 2012

 

"The only type of research that is funded and recognized is research on drugs. Research on the causes of disease and non-interventions simply doesn't occur in medical education."

T. Colin Campbell, The China Study, 2006

 

"The Center for Disease Control [CDC] has known since 2001 that children exposed to thimerosal in utero were 800 percent more likely to regress into autism.
This data was intentionally excluded from the CDC paper published in the journal Pediatrics in an effort to disprove a thimerosal-autism association.
... The CDC has known for a decade that children receiving the MMR vaccines on schedule were nearly 300 percent more likely to regress into autism compared to children whose parents decided to withhold the vaccine until after the child was older."

Dr. Gary Null and Richard Gale, 2015

 

"The US childhood immunization schedule requires 26 vaccine doses for infants aged less than 1 year, the most in the world, yet 33 nations have better IMRs [Infant Mortality Rates]."

Julie Lévesque, 2016

 

"To a highly significant degree, the CDC and the World Health Organization are PR agencies, whose job is to convince the public that stepping up, rolling up their sleeves, and submitting to shots containing germs and toxic chemicals is the most natural and wise action possible."

Jon Rappoport, 2014

 

"Aluminum has been added to vaccines since about 1926. Aluminum affects memory, cognition, psychomotor control; it damages the blood brain barrier, activates brain inflammation, depresses mitochondrial function and plenty of research suggests it is a key player in the formation of the amyloid "plaques" and tangles in the brains of Alzheimer's patients. It's been implicated in Amyotrophic Lateral Sclerosis and autism and demonstrated to induce allergy."

Celeste McGovern

 

"The American Medical Association [AMA] not only opposes single payer healthcare. something supported by 60% of doctors, but even opposed a weak public insurance option. While not long ago it represented 70% of American doctors, it is now down to 30%. Their callous disregard of the needs of patients and the opinions of doctors is why they are a shell of an organization."

Kevin Zeese, 2009

 

"No one should be forced to undergo a medical treatment without informed consent and without their agreement to the treatment. We condemn the forced sterilization of the '20s and '30s, the Tuskegee medical experiments infecting black inmates, and the Nazi medicine that included involuntary "Euthanasia," experimentation and sterilization. How can we force vaccination without consent? Vaccination is a medical treatment with risks including death. It is totally antithetical to all ethics in medicine to mandate that risk to others.
... If you think the government has the right to forcibly vaccinate people, for the good of society, what is to prevent them from forcibly sterilizing people, or forcibly euthanizing people, or forcibly implanting a tracking device, for the good of society?"

Lee Hieb, M.D.

 

"Over the past two decades the pharmaceutical industry has moved very far from its original high purpose of discovering and producing useful new drugs. Now primarily a marketing machine to sell drugs of dubious benefit, this industry uses its wealth and power to co-opt every institution that might stand in its way, including the US Congress, the FDA, academic medical centers, and the medical profession itself."

Dr. Marcia Angell, former editor in chief of the New England Journal of Medicine, 2015

 

"Vaccines contain a vast array of potentially dangerous ingredients, including antibiotics, formaldehyde, monosodium glutamate (MSG), bovine fetal tissue, polysorbate and heavy metals like aluminum and the mercury-containing preservative thimerosal. When these are shot into the bloodstream, they bypass the majority of the body's natural immune system which resides in the gut."

Melissa Melton, 2012

 

"The CDC's own data reveals a 340% increased risk of autism in African-American children following the MMR vaccine."

Julie Lévesque, 2016

 

"Vaccines can trigger autoimmunity. Defined autoimmune diseases that may occur following vaccinations include arthritis, systemic lupus erythematosus, diabetes mellitus, thrombocytopenia, vasculitis, dermatomyosiositis, Guillain-Barre syndrome and demyelinating disorders."

Celeste McGovern

 

"The medical establishment does not take kindly to the idea of a serious connection between diet and cancer or for that matter, virtually any other disease. Big Medicine in America is in the business of treating disease with drugs and surgery after symptoms appear... The American Cancer Society gives almost no credence to the idea that diet is linked to cancer."

T. Colin Campbell, The China Study, 2006

 

"A 2014 report released by the Council of Foreign Relations revealed that the most highly vaccinated populations are also those with the greatest number of outbreaks for those same infectious diseases. This was especially the case for measles, mumps, rubella, polio and pertussis outbreaks. The US, Canada, the European Union, Australia and New Zealand, and Japan-each with the highest number of mandated vaccines-led the list of nations."

Dr. Gary Null and Richard Gale, 2015

 

"The corporate health-care system is set up to make money, not to care for sick people."

Lewis H. Lapham, 2006

 

"The problem is not just pharmaceuticals and it's not just the the American Medical Association, and the private insurers, Blue Cross/Blue Shield and so on. The whole healthcare system now is dominated by for-profit corporations."

Robert Reich, 2009

 

" You are not threatened with bankruptcy in Canada, Britain, Germany, France, Finland, Norway, Sweden, Japan, Italy, Spain. In none of these countries can a citizen be bankrupted by their illness. But it is the leading cause of bankruptcy in the United States."

Jim McDermott, Democratic congressman from Washington state, 2009

 

"According to a CDC epidemiologist who had analyzed the agency's massive database containing the medical records of 100,000 children, a mercury-based preservative in the vaccines - thimerosal - appeared to be responsible for a dramatic increase in autism and a host of other neurological disorders among children.
The CDC paid the Institute of Medicine to conduct a study to whitewash the risks of thimerosal, ordering researchers to "rule out" the chemical's link to autism.
It withheld epidemiologist's findings, even though they had been slated for immediate publication, and told other scientists that his original data had been "lost" and could not be replicated. And to thwart the Freedom of Information Act, it handed its giant database of vaccine records over to a private company, declaring it off-limits to researchers. By the time the epidemiologist finally published his study in 2003, he had gone to work for GlaxoSmithKline and reworked his data to bury the link between thimerosal and autism."

Julie Lévesque, 2016

 

"In the early 1950s, there were four vaccines: diphtheria, tetanus, pertussis and smallpox. Because three of these vaccines were combined into a single shot (DTP), children received five shots by the time they were 2 years old and not more than one shot at a single visit.
By the mid-1980s, there were seven vaccines: diphtheria, tetanus, pertussis, measles, mumps, rubella and polio. Because six of these vaccines were combined into two shots (DTP and MMR), and one, the polio vaccine, was given by mouth, children still received five shots by the time they were 2 years old and not more than one shot at a single visit.
Since the mid-1980s, many vaccines have been added to the schedule. Now, children could receive as many as 24 shots by 2 years of age and five shots in a single visit."

Melissa Melton

 

"The government is saying that animal products, dairy, meat, refined sugar and fat in your diet are good for you. The government is turning a blind eye to the evidence as well as to the millions of Americans who suffer from nutrition-related illnesses The covenant of trust between the U.S. government and the American citizen has been broken.

T. Colin Campbell, The China Study, 2006

 

"Although an association between multiple sclerosis and the hepatitis B vaccine has been debated for over 15 years, the CDC continues to categorically deny this relationship. However, a 2014 retrospective French study investigating the sudden spike in multiple sclerosis cases since 1993, identified France's mass Hepatitis B vaccination program as the perpetuator for a doubling of MS cases within a few years."

Dr. Gary Null and Richard Gale, 2015

 

"Drug company employees or their agents often design the drug studies, perform the analysis, write the papers, and decide whether and in what form to publish the results. Sometimes the medical faculty who serve as investigators are little more than hired hands, supplying patients and collecting data according to instructions from the company.
In view of this control and the conflicts of interest that permeate the enterprise, it is not surprising that industry-sponsored trials published in medical journals consistently favor sponsors' drugs."

Dr. Marcia Angell, former editor in chief of the New England Journal of Medicine, 2015

 

"Despite a lofty reputation and purported commitment to universal coverage, AMA has fought almost every major effort at health care reform of the past 70 years."

Sam Stein, 2009

 

"Vaccine manufacturers continued to sell off their mercury-based supplies of vaccines until 2004.
The CDC and FDA bought up mercury-tainted vaccines for export to developing countries and allowed drug companies to continue using the preservative in some American vaccines - including several pediatric flu shots as well as tetanus boosters routinely given to eleven-year-olds."

Julie Lévesque, 2016

 

"Every promoted so-called "pandemic" is an extended sales pitch for vaccines. And not just a vaccine against the "killer germ" of the moment. We're talking about a psyop to condition the population to vaccines in general."

Jon Rappoport, 2014

 

"A top scientist for the United Nations, who has examined the outbreak of the deadly Ebola virus in Africa, as well as HIV/AIDS victims, concluded that H1N1 possesses certain transmission "vectors" that suggest that the new flu strain has been genetically-manufactured as a military biological warfare weapon."

Wayne Madsen

 

"The prevalence rate for autism in the United States before 1990 was only three children per 10,000. When the CDC began surveillance of the study population in 2000, figures clocked in at one child in every 150. Since then, autism diagnoses have been steadily increasing each year."

Melissa Melton

 

"The entire system of public nutrition information has been co-opted by industry sources. They run the show. They buy a few academic hacks who have gained positions of power and who exercise considerable influence, both within academia and government."

T. Colin Campbell, The China Study, 2006

 

"What health insurance corporations want to do is enhance their profits. Enhance shareholder value. That's number one. The business that they're in is health care, but their primary motivation is to reward their shareholders - large, institutional investors and hedge funds.
... Health insurers confuse their customers and dump the sick, all so they can satisfy their Wall Street investors. They look carefully to see if a sick policyholder may have omitted a minor illness, a pre-existing condition, when applying for coverage, and then they use that as justification to cancel the policy, even if the enrollee has never missed a premium payment."

Wendell Potter, former insurance executive, 2009

 

"Center for Disease Control [CDC] and Food and Drug Administration [FDA] researchers identify 749 deaths linked to the administration of the Hib vaccine, 51% of which were sudden infant death linked to the administration of Hib vaccine."

Julie Lévesque, 2016

 

"Medical schools now have their own numerous deals with industry and are hardly in a moral position to object to their faculty behaving in the same way. Two thirds of academic medical centers hold equity interest in companies that sponsor research within the same institution. Two thirds of medical school department chairs received departmental income from drug companies and three fifths received personal income."

Dr. Marcia Angell, former editor in chief of the New England Journal of Medicine, 2015

 

"The medical status quo relies heavily on medication and surgery to the exclusion of nutrition and lifestyle. Doctors have virtually no training in nutrition and how it relates to health.
... The health damage that results from doctors' ignorance of nutrition is astounding."

T. Colin Campbell, The China Study, 2006

 

"We force 700,000 Americans into bankruptcy each year because of medical bills. In France, the number of medical bankruptcies is zero. Britain: zero. Japan: zero. Germany: zero."

T.R. Reid, 2009

 

"Drug companies have perfected a new and highly effective method to expand their markets. Instead of promoting drugs to treat diseases, they have begun to promote diseases to fit their drugs. The strategy is to convince as many people as possible (including their doctors) that they have medical conditions that require long-term drug treatment."

Dr. Marcia Angell, former editor in chief of the New England Journal of Medicine, 2015

 

"Government research funding goes to the development of drugs and devices instead of healthy nutrition."

T. Colin Campbell, The China Study, 2006

 

"Most medical journals receive half or more of their income from pharmaceutical company advertising and reprint orders, and dozens of others journals are owned by pharmaceutical companies."

Julie Lévesque, 2016

 

"It is simply no longer possible to believe much of the clinical research that is published, or to rely on the judgment of trusted physicians or authoritative medical guidelines."

Dr. Marcia Angell, former editor in chief of the New England Journal of Medicine, 2015

 

"Vitamin D is not a nutrient that we need to consume. Our body can make all that we need simply by being in sunlight fifteen to thirty minutes every couple of days.
... Heart disease, cancer, stroke, Alzheimer's, obesity or diabetes are relatively unknown in traditional cultures that subsist mostly on whole plant foods.
... Casein, and very likely all animal proteins, may be the most relevant cancer-causing substances that we consume. Adjusting the amount of dietary casein has the power to turn on and turn off cancer growth."

T. Colin Campbell, The China Study, 2006

 

John Stockwell-CIA / Philip Agee-CIA / Edward Snowden-CIA & NSA / Julian Assange-Wikileaks

ARE WHISTLEBLOWERS OUR REAL HEROES?

"The men the American people admire most extravagantly are the most daring liars; the men they detest most violently are those who try to tell them the truth."

H. L. Mencken

 

"To oppose the policies of a government does not mean you are against the country or the people that the government supposedly represents. Such opposition should be called what it really is: democracy, or democratic dissent, or having a critical perspective about what your leaders are doing. Either we have the right to democratic dissent and criticism of these policies or we all lie down and let the leader, the Fuhrer, do what is best, while we follow uncritically, and obey whatever he commands. That's just what the Germans did with Hitler, and look where it got them."

Michael Parenti

 

"The Obama administration is waging what is clearly the most unprecedented aggressive war to prosecute whistleblowers. People who exposed waste and corruption and lawbreaking, have been prosecuted with extraordinary aggression by the Obama Department of Justice, even though Obama, when he ran for president, hailed whistleblowers as patriotic and courageous, and said that whistleblowing needs to be fostered and protected. He's currently heading a war, the likes of which we have never seen, to put people who whistleblow, who expose the wrongdoing of the powerful, into prison."

Glenn Greenwald

 

"Political leaders, who use the tools of mass propaganda to create a sense of faux intimacy with citizens, no longer need to be competent, sincere, or honest. They need only to appear to have these qualities. Most of all they need a story, a personal narrative. The reality of the narrative is irrelevant. It can be completely at odds with the facts. The consistency and emotional appeal of the story are paramount. Those who are best at deception succeed."

Chris Hedges

 

"Our real heroes are those who have tried to tell us the truth."

Robert Fearn

 

"The strategy of the Pentagon and the National Security State is to escalate the climate of intimidation and deterrence, so that would-be whistleblowers in the future think twice and a third time and a fourth time - when they discover illegal and deceitful actions - about exposing it to the world."

Glenn Greenwald

 

"Despite laws protecting whistleblowers and the media and the US Military Code which requires soldiers to report war crimes, whistleblowers such as CIA agent John Kiriakou, media such as Julian Assange, and soldiers such as Bradley Manning are persecuted and prosecuted for revealing US government crimes. The criminals go free, and those who report the crimes are punished."

Paul Craig Roberts

 

"The word "traitor" has been thrown around a lot in recent days.
But who is really the traitor here?
Who was it who promised a generation "hope" and "change," only to betray those promises with dismal misery and stagnation?
Who took an oath to defend the US constitution, only to feed the invisible beast of secret law devouring it alive from the inside out?
Who is it that promised to preside over The Most Transparent Administration in history, only to crush whistleblower after whistleblower with the bootheel of espionage charges?
Who combined in his executive the powers of judge, jury and executioner, and claimed the jurisdiction of the entire earth on which to exercise those powers?
Who arrogates the power to spy on the entire earth - every single one of us - and when he is caught red handed, explains to us that "we're going to have to make a choice."
Who is that person?
Let's be very careful about who we call "traitor"."

Julian Assange - about President Barack Obama, and the use of the term 'traitor' to describe whistleblowers

 

"This war on whistleblowers is about forever ending the one avenue that we've had over the past decade for learning about what our government and their corporate partners do."

Glenn Greenwald

 

"In America, citizens have no idea what their government's motives are in fomenting endless wars and a gestapo police state. The only information Americans have comes from whistleblowers. The mainstream media quickly discredit the information and demonize the whistleblowers."

Paul Craig Roberts

 

David Rockefeller / House of Rothschild / Elizabeth II (House of Windsor)

DOES A GLOBAL RULING ELITE OF IMMENSE WEALTH RUN THE WORLD?
ROTHSCHILDS / ROCKEFELLERS / EUROPEAN ROYAL DYNASTIES / DYNASTIC BANKING FAMILIES / DYNASTIC CORPORATE FAMILIES / CATHOLIC CHURCH / BANK-CORPORATION CARTELS / POLITICAL ELITES

"America is run by 300 families and England is run by 100 families and these families are intertwined through marriage, companies, banks, not to mention ties to the Black Nobility, Freemasonry, the Order of St. John of Jerusalem and so on. These are the people who, through their surrogates, find ways to protect huge shipments of heroin from Hong Kong, Turkey, Iran and Pakistan and ensure they reach the market places in the U.S. and Western Europe with the minimum cost of doing business."

John Coleman in his book "Conspirators' Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300"

 

"We are ruled, though it may be difficult to imagine, by a small dynastic power structure, largely consisting of powerful banking families, such as the Rothschilds, Rockefellers, and others. They emerged in controlling the financial system, extended their influence over the political system, the educational system, and, through the major foundations, have become the dominant social powers of our world, creating think tanks and other institutions which shape and change the course of society and modern human history."

Andrew Gavin Marshall

 

"A ruling group is a ruling group so long as it can nominate its successors. The Party is not concerned with perpetuating its blood but with perpetuating itself. Who wields power is not important, provided that the hierarchical structure remains always the same."

George Orwell in his book "1984"

 

"The highest ideal of many members of the ruling class is to create a private paradise of wealth, and they have no qualms if that goal can be achieved by buying career politicians in Congress. These people know the market value of "our two party-system," but they have never known the value of democracy. Plainly, it serves the interests of a small but immensely wealthy minority if we, the people, leave politics to politicians except on election days."

Scott Tucker

 

"A Transnational Capitalist Class (TCC) has emerged, and this TCC is a global ruling class. It is a ruling class because it controls the levers of an emergent transnational state apparatus and of global decision making. This class has no borders, and is composed of the technocratic, media, corporate, banking, social and political elite of the world."

Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research

 

"The global elite have consistently used a strategy of arming and funding both sides of armed conflicts. While opposing populations kill each other off, they make off with their natural resources. When they confront a government that cannot be bribed or provoked into civil or regional war, they fund brutal death squads, attempt military coups and intimidate them by giving weapons to undemocratic neighboring regimes. If all that doesn't work, they are declared a threat to national security and the US military, private contractors and NATO forces invade and occupy the country."

David Degraw in his book "Revolution or World War III"

 

"Ruling elites are deadly serious about seeing that any renovation of the international system is in their interest. They use a variety of carrot and stick tactics to maintain political and economic control - domestically and internationally. Control techniques will be more vicious or less, depending on a combination of factors involving the state of the economy and, more importantly, the state of popular opposition. The more threatening and persistent the moves to counter their plans and build alternative models, the more violent will be their tactics of repression."

Holly Sklar, Trilateralism

 

"In the present world of 'globalization', dynastic power remains a central institution in the global system.
Today, most dynasties do not hold formal or direct political authority. The world's most economically and politically powerful countries are no longer governed by kings and queens or emperors. Instead, modern dynastic power is largely a development that emerged with the decline in the authority of monarchs, and with the rise in parliamentary democracy and capitalism.
As kings and queens handed over the ultimate authority to issue coin to other institutions, merchants and financiers stepped in to increase their influence over the new institutions of a changing world order. Out of these monumental social transformations came new dynasties, embedded within the financial, industrial and corporate oligarchies. Their power was not in direct control of the political apparatus, but in their concentration of control over the financial, economic and industrial spheres.
Today, it is the industrial, financial and corporate dynasties that have risen to unparalleled positions of authority in the age of globalization."


Andrew Gavin Marshall

 

"Side by side with the international politics of each State; there exists certain obscure organizations.
... The men who take part in these councils are not professional politicians or brilliantly dressed ambassadors, but certain unknown men, high financiers who are superior to the vain ephemeral politicians who imagine that they govern the world."

Dr. Gerard Encause in his work "Mysteria", 1914

 

"There is a transnational ruling class, a "Superclass", that agrees on establishing a world government. The middle class is targeted for elimination, because most of the world has no middle class, and to fully integrate and internationalize a middle class, would require industrialization and development in Africa, and certain places in Asia and Latin America. The goal of the Superclass is not to lose their wealth and power to a transnational middle class, but rather to extinguish the notion of a middle class, and transnationalize a lower, uneducated, labor oriented class, through which they will secure ultimate wealth and power.
The global economic crisis serves these ends, as whatever remaining wealth the middle class holds is in the process of being eliminated, and as the crisis progresses, the middle classes of the world will suffer, while a great percentage of lower classes of the world, poverty-stricken even prior to the crisis, will suffer the greatest, most probably leading to a massive reduction in population levels, particularly in the "underdeveloped" or "Third World" states."

Andrew Gavin Marshall

 

"Ever since the days of Henry Ford, the Economic Elite have needed a thriving US middle class to increase growth and profits, but now, in the global economy, they view the US middle class as obsolete. They increasingly look globally for profits and they would rather pay cheap labor in countries like China and India."

David DeGraw

 

FORGET LEFT AND RIGHT / LIBERAL AND CONSERVATIVE / DEMOCRAT AND REPUBLICAN
IT'S A CORRUPT ELITE AGAINST THE REST OF US

"The question is not how to get good people to rule; the question is how to stop the powerful from doing as much damage as they can to us."

Karl Popper

 

"There is really only one political party of any consequence in the United States, one that has been called the 'Property Party.' The Republicans and the Democrats are in fact two branches of the same (secret) party."

Professor Arthur S. Miller in his book "The Secret Constitution and the Need for Constitutional Change"

 

"Our government is the potent, the omnipresent, teacher. For good or for ill, it teaches the whole people by its example. Crime is contagious. If the government becomes a law-breaker, it breeds contempt for law; it invites every man to become a law unto himself; it invites anarchy. To declare that in the administration of the criminal law the end justifies the means - to declare that the government may commit crimes in order to secure the conviction of a private criminal - would bring terrible retribution."

Supreme Court Justice Louis Brandeis

 

"The United States has entered the ranks of the failed states. One of the most remarkable manifestations of a failed state is that the criminals are all inside the government operating against the people, whereas in a normal state, the criminals are on the outside of the government, operating against it. So, we now have every manifestation of being a failed state, with the government in the hands of a few Wall Street gangsters."

Paul Craig Roberts

 

"Over 400 years ago, the Florentine statesman Niccolo Machiavelli engaged in a profound study of methods used by various rulers to attain power... The findings of Machiavelli and other students of power decree that to obtain power it is essential to ignore the moral laws of man and of God; that promises must be made only with the intention to deceive and to mislead others to sacrifice their own interests; that the most brutal atrocity must be committed as a matter of mere convenience; that friends or allies must be betrayed as matter of course as soon as they have served their purpose. But, it is also decreed that these atrocities must be kept hidden from the common people except only where they are of use to strike terror to the hearts of opponents; that there must be kept up a spurious aspect of benevolence and benefit for the greater number of the people, and even an aspect of humility to gain as much help as possible."

E. C. Knuth in his book "The Empire of the "City": The Secret History of British Financial Power"

 

"If you are not willing to lie, cheat, manipulate, steal and kill to get ahead, you are never going to be the president of the United States."

Andrew Gavin Marshall

 

"What is masquerading as government is a crime syndicate with a flag. The US Government is an instrument of organized crime, alternatively described as the Octopus, the Washington Consensus, the Shadow Government, Wall Street, the Round Table (Bilderbergs, Trilaterals, Council on Foreign Relations, Royal Institute of International Affairs), and the New World Order."

Nikki Alexander

 

"American electoral politics had become a caricature of its former vital self: a process in which money (mostly corporate) first bought both political parties and then graciously allowed the public to choose between them."

Peter Dale Scott in his book "The Road to 9/11"

 

"Never once did I hear anybody, including myself, raise the question: 'Is this course of action which we have agreed upon lawful, is it legal, is it ethical or moral? We never gave any thought to this line of reasoning, because we were just naturally pragmatists. The one thing we were concerned about was this: Will this course of action work, will it get us what we want? As far as legality is concerned, morals or ethics, it was never raised... I think this suggests in government that we are amoral... The general atmosphere is one of amorality."

William Sullivan - number three at the FBI under J. Edgar Hoover - told a Senate Intelligence Committee

 

"We must be deeply suspicious of the ruling elite of the United States, which is of course also an oligarchy, but an oligarchy which operates behind the mask of democratic institutions and formal democracy."

Webster Griffin Tarpley in his book "9/11 Synthetic Terror - made in the USA"

 

"American government is corrupt. Those who have enough money can almost get anything they want from our government, whether it is tax breaks, or subsidies, or policies and laws changed, removed, or added.
... Today CEOs and wealthy businessmen are the ruling elite in the Western world, especially the United States. Their donations finance elections and even education, which they are constantly saying has to adapt itself to the needs of the market (that is, be molded to inculcate their views). It should come as no surprise therefore that the theories offered by economists rationalize the self-interest of big business and the wealthy. Overtly, of course, such theories claim to benefit society and the public's well-being. But covertly, they do just the opposite: they make the great mass of people poorer while making the rich fabulously richer."

Ravi Batra in his book "The New Golden Age"

 

"More than fifty years ago the [J.P.] Morgan firm decided to infiltrate the Left-wing political movements in the United States. This was relatively easy to do, since these groups were starved for funds and eager for a voice to reach the people. Wall Street supplied both. The purpose was not to destroy ... or take over but was really threefold: (1) to keep informed about the thinking of Left-wing or liberal groups; (2) to provide them with a mouthpiece so that they could "blow off steam," and (3) to have a final veto on their publicity and possibly on their actions, if they ever went "radical".

Carroll Quigley in his book "Tragedy and Hope"

 

 

Bank of International Settlements (BIS)

DOES A GLOBAL BANKING CARTEL CONTROL THE CURRENCIES AND ECONOMIES OF ALL NATIONS?

"During the past two centuries when the peoples of the world were gradually winning their political freedom from the dynastic monarchies, the major banking families of Europe and America were actually reversing the trend by setting up new dynasties of political control through the formation of international financial combines. These banking dynasties had learned that all governments must have sources of revenue from which to borrow in times of emergency. They had also learned that by providing such funds from their own private resources, they could make both kings and democratic leaders tremendously subservient to their will."

Carroll Quigley in his book "Tragedy and Hope"

 

"There is a special breed of international financiers whose success typically is built upon certain character traits. Those include cold objectivity, immunity to patriotism, and indifference to the human condition. That profile is the basis for proposing a theoretical strategy, called the Rothschild Formula, which motivates such men to propel governments into war for the profits they yield... As long as the mechanism of central banking exists, it will be to such men an irresistible temptation to convert debt into perpetual war and war into perpetual debt."

G. Edward Griffin in his book "The Creature from Jekyll Island"

 

"While wars and revolutions have been useful to international bankers in gaining or increasing control over governments, the key to such control has always been control of money. You can control a government if you have it in your debt; a creditor is in a position to demand the privileges of monopoly from the sovereign. Money-seeking governments have granted monopolies in state banking, natural resources, oil concessions and transportation. However, the monopoly which the international financiers most covet is control over a nation's money."

Gary Allen in his book "None Dare Call It Conspiracy"

 

"This world is not run by the Presidents or the Prime Ministers. It is run by the global corporations and the banks. For it is these entities that control the money supply and it is these entities that decide which country lives or falls."

the dailybell.com

 

"I fear that foreign bankers with their ... tortuous tricks will entirely control the exuberant riches of America and use it systematically to corrupt modern civilization. They will not hesitate to plunge the whole [world] into wars and chaos in order that the earth should become their inheritance."

Otto von Bismarck, Chancellor of Germany, after the assassination of President Lincoln, 1863

 

"The world's money-lenders became experts at parasitic high finance and got rich through the explosive growth of fractional reserve banking. These people have dominated the economies of nations through such institutions as the Bank of England, the Federal Reserve System, the Bank of International Settlements (BIS), and other central and commercial banks, currency and commodity exchanges, and stock and bond markets.
... The bankers on the one hand and the political racketeers on the other merged over a century ago under the oversight of figures associated with the creation of the Anglo-American Empire, such as Cecil Rhodes, Lord Alfred Milner, Colonel Mandell House, Winston Churchill, the House of Windsor, and the Rothschilds, Schiffs, Morgans, Harrimans, Rockefellers, Myers, and Bushes."

Richard C. Cook

 

"History records that the money changers have used every form of abuse, intrigue, deceit, and violent means possible to maintain their control over governments by controlling money and it's issuance."

James Madison, 1820

 

"The money powers prey upon the nation in times of peace and conspire against it in times of adversity. It is more despotic than a monarchy, more insolent than autocracy, and more selfish than bureaucracy. It denounces as public enemies all who question its methods or throw light upon its crimes."

Abraham Lincoln

 

"If the American people ever allow private banks to control the issue of their currency, first by inflation, then by deflation, the banks...will deprive the people of all property until their children wake-up homeless on the continent their fathers conquered... The issuing power should be taken from the banks and restored to the people, to whom it properly belongs."

Thomas Jefferson 

 

"Our global banking system is a global cartel, a "super-entity" in which the world's major banks all own each other and own the controlling shares in the world's largest multinational corporations.
... This is the real "free market," a highly profitable global banking cartel, functioning as a worldwide financial Mafia."

Andrew Gavin Marshall

 

"The global banking cartel, centered at the IMF, World Bank and Federal Reserve, have paid off politicians and dictators the world over [Including Washington]. In country after country, they have looted national economies at the expense of local populations, consolidating wealth in unprecedented fashion ? the top economic one-tenth of one percent is currently holding over $40 trillion in investible wealth, not counting an equally significant amount of wealth hidden in offshore accounts."

David DeGraw

 

"The modern banking system manufactures money out of nothing. The process is perhaps the most astounding piece of sleight of hand that was ever invented. Banking was conceived in inequity and born in sinBankers own the earth. Take it away from them but leave them the power to create money, and, with a flick of a pen, they will create enough money to buy it back againTake this great power away from them and all great fortunes like mine will disappear, for then this would be a better and happier world to live inBut, if you want to continue to be the slaves of bankers and pay the cost of your own slavery, then let bankers continue to create money and control credit."

Sir Josiah Stamp (1880-1941), President of the Bank of England in the 1920s, the second richest man in Britain, speaking at the Commencement Address of the University of Texas in 1927

 

"With the exception of a few thousand very powerful people, the entire world's population, all seven billion of us, are trapped ... trapped into a criminal debt creating banking 'system' that has taken hundreds of years to perfect and to come to fruition. This 'system' results in enslavement and servitude. It creates dreadful unhappiness amongst ordinary decent people and causes wars, debt, starvation, pollution and environmental destruction. It feeds on greed, fear and division. It forces people onto the corporate treadmills of mass mindless production and mass mindless consumption. It uses lies, deception, intimidation and entrapment at all times. It is a system that is so clever and so cunning that most of the world is completely oblivious to its existence. It is a system that allows a few winners at the expense of a huge number of losers. It is a system that considers itself to be unbeatable and indestructible and is now so arrogant that it believes it can control everything and everyone on its terms. It is a system where psychopaths and sociopaths can flourish. And without question the center of this system, the heart of this global corporate beast is the innocent sounding Square Mile known as the City of London."

Justin Walker

 

"The powers of financial capitalism had a far-reaching aim - nothing less than to create a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole. This system was to be controlled in a feudalist fashion by the central banks of the world acting in concert, by secret agreements arrived at in frequent private meetings and conferences. The apex of the system was to be the Bank for International Settlements [BIS] in Basel, Switzerland, a private bank owned and controlled by the world's central banks which were themselves private corporations ... Each central bank sought to dominate its government by its ability to control Treasury loans, to manipulate foreign exchanges, to influence the level of economic activity in the country, and to influence cooperative politicians by subsequent economic rewards in the business world."

Carroll Quigley in his book "Tragedy and Hope"

 

DO A FEW DOZEN GIANT CORPORATIONS DOMINATE THE GLOBAL ECONOMY?
147 super-corporations - many of them banks and financial institutions - control 40% of the global economy.
63% of the world's largest 150 economic entities (including nation states) are corporations (2007).

 

"In the absence of a coherent alternative, the transnational corporations carry on inexorably. Increasingly flagless and stateless, they weave global webs of production, commerce, culture and finance virtually unopposed. They expand, invest and grow, concentrating ever more wealth in a limited number of hands. They work in coalition to influence local, national and international institutions and laws. And together with the governments of their home countries in Europe, North America and Japan, as well as international institutions such as the World Trade Organization, the World Bank, the International Monetary Fund and increasingly, the United Nations, they are molding an international system in which they can trade and invest even more freely - a world where they are less and less accountable to the cultures, communities and nation-states in which they operate. Underpinning this effort is not the historical inevitability of an evolving, enlightened civilization, but rather the unavoidable reality of the overriding corporate purpose: the maximization of profits."

Sierra Club

 

"There seems to be nothing to prevent the transnational corporations taking possession of the planet and subjecting humanity to the dictatorship of capital."

Christian la Brie, Le Monde Diplomatique (Paris)
 

 
"In the last quarter of the 20th century, the transnational corporations became the principal designers and controllers of the economy.
...Transnational corporations and their offshoots now conduct two-thirds of the world's trade, and they decide worldwide where, what, how and for whom their products shall be produced. Many are richer - and more powerful - than nation states."

NoNonsense guide to International Development

 

"Global or transnational corporations do not recognize any national or local interest or obligation."

David Korten

 

"Trans-national corporations have marketed and financed political leaders to ensure that captive states serve them rather than the peoples governments are elected by, guaranteeing through state plenipotentiaries and trans-national trade edicts that governments can no longer govern them in common interest without infringing the new trade and investment laws in which trans-national corporations alone are granted rights."

Professor John McMurtry


 
"U.S. foreign policy is largely directed towards serving the transnational corporations."

James Petras and Henry Veltmeyer in their book "Globalization Unmasked"

 

"The global corporatocracy is almost fully operational. The intentions of those negotiating the multiple trade treaties are now crystal clear: to place complete power and control over our economies in the hands of the largest global corporations."

Don Quijones

 

"This world is not run by The Presidents or The Prime Ministers, it is run by the global corporations and the banks. For it is these entities that control the money supply and it is these entities that decide which country lives or falls."

The Daily Bell, 2012

 

"CEOs of most of the world's largest corporations daily make decisions that destroy the lives of many other human beings. Only about 1 to 3 percent of us are sociopaths - people who don't have normal human feelings and can easily go to sleep at night after having done horrific things. And of that 1 percent of sociopaths, there's probably only a fraction of a percent with a college education. And of that tiny fraction, there's an even tinier fraction that understands how business works, particularly within any specific industry. Thus there is such a shortage of people who can run modern monopolistic, destructive corporations that stockholders have to pay millions to get them to work. And being sociopaths, they gladly take the money without any thought to its social consequences."

Thom Hartman

 

"The governments of the world are restructuring their economies, and the global economy as a whole, into a corporatist structure. Thus, this new international economic system being constructed is one representative of economic fascism. The governments now work directly for the banks, democracy is in decline everywhere, and the militarization of domestic society into creating "Homeland Security states" is underway and accelerating."

Andrew Gavin Marshall

 

"The corporate-dominated economy and the transnational corporate state had consolidated its power over almost every aspect of public and private life, and under a formal globalization movement the transnational corporations were extending their tentacles all over the planet.
Footsoldiers like Margaret Thatcher, Ronald Reagan, the ever-dutiful Bush family, Helmut Kohl, and a list of Japanese leaders had diligently kept the faith. Working with the timeworn International Monetary Fund (IMF), the World Bank and ultimately with the new engine of globalization, the World Trade Organization, they ensured that the interests of capital were nowhere endangered by the needs of the world's three billion poor to eat, have shelter, clothing, sanitation, medical care, and education."

William F. Pepper in his book "An Act of State: the Execution of Martin Luther King"

 

"This empire that we've created really has an emperor, and it's not the president of this country... it doesn't really matter whether we have a Democrat or a Republican in the White House or running Congress; the empire goes on, because it's really run by what I call the corporatocracy, which is a group of men who run our biggest corporations. This isn't a conspiracy theory. They don't need to conspire. They all know what serves their best interest. But they really are the equivalent of the emperor, because they do not serve at the wish of the people, they're not democratically elected, they don't serve any limited term. They essentially answer to no one, except their own boards, and most corporate CEOs actually run their boards, rather than the other way around. And they are the power behind this."

John Perkins, 2007

 

DOES A PENTAGON-INDUSTRIAL-BANKING COMPLEX RUN AMERICA?

"The real rulers in Washington are invisible, and exercise power from behind the scenes."

U.S. Supreme Court Justice Felix Frankfurter, 1952

 

"President Barack Obama realizes that he is only the president in a country where the industrial-military complex decides what has to be done, and you cannot go beyond the parameters of what they decide. It would be dangerous.

former UN General Assembly President Miguel d'Escoto

 

"So important did military spending and the military-industrial sector become during World War II and the Cold War that they have become fundamental to the U.S. economy, U.S. economic growth and above all U.S. technological development. Despite its often almost incredible wastefulness and corruption, this military spending has also been in some ways a kind of unacknowledged but rather successful state industrial development strategy in a country whose free market ideology meant that it could not formally adopt or admit to such a strategy."

David Edwards

 

"Since the late 1940s, the United States has been deliberately engaged in an imperial project, and anyone who would hold the office of the presidency has to be willing to serve that end. All presidents have to promote the national security state, both domestically and in American foreign policy, if they wish to attain and hold on to power."

Morris Berman

 

"The privatization of public services and functions manifests the steady evolution of corporate power into a political form, into an integral, even dominant partner with the state. It marks the transformation of American politics and its political culture from a system in which democratic practices and values were, if not defining, at least major contributing elements, to one where the remaining democratic elements of the state and its populist programs are being systematically dismantled."

Sheldon Wolin

"The total result of the manipulation of society by the Establishment elite has been four major wars in sixty years, a crippling national debt, abandonment of the Constitution, suppression of freedom and opportunity, and creation of a vast credibility gulf between the man in the street and Washington, D.C. While the transparent device of two major parties trumpeting artificial differences, circus-like conventions, and the cliché of "bipartisan foreign policy" no longer carries credibility, and the financial elite itself recognizes that its policies lack public acceptance, it is obviously prepared to go it alone without even nominal public support."

Antony C. Sutton in his book "Wall Street and the Rise of Hitler", 1976

 

"Those in the United States who finally rule, take their signals and commands not from the electorate as a body but from a small group of men (plus a few women). This group will be called the Establishment. It exists even though that existence is stoutly denied. It is one of the secrets of the American social order. A second secret is the fact that the existence of the Establishment, the ruling class, is not supposed to be discussed .... A third secret is implicit in what has been said - that there is really only one political party of any consequence in the United States, one that has been called the 'Property Party.' The Republicans and the Democrats are in fact two branches of the same secret party."

Professor Arthur S. Miller in his book "The Secret Constitution and the Need for Constitutional Change"

 

"What is masquerading as government is a crime syndicate with a flag. The US Government is an instrument of organized crime, alternatively described as the Octopus, the Washington Consensus, the Shadow Government, Wall Street, the Round Table (Bilderbergs, Trilaterals, Council on Foreign Relations, Royal Institute of International Affairs), and the New World Order."

Nikki Alexander

 

"Capitalism requires World War because Capitalism requires profit and cannot afford the unemployed."

Cathal Haughian

 

"The precedence of a society's war-making potential over its other characteristics is not the result of the 'threat' presumed to exist at any one time from other societies. This is the reverse of the basic situation: 'threats' against the 'national interest' are usually created or accelerated to meet the changing needs of the war system.
... Wars are not 'caused' by international conflicts of interest... War-making societies require - and thus bring about - such conflicts. The capacity of a nation to make war expresses the greatest social power it can exercise; war-making, active or contemplated, is a matter of life and death on the greatest scale subject to social control. It should therefore hardly be surprising that the military institutions in each society claim its highest priorities."

from "Report from Iron Mountain"

 

"We must be deeply suspicious of the ruling elite of the United States, which is of course also an oligarchy, but an oligarchy which operates behind the mask of democratic institutions and formal democracy."

Webster Griffin Tarpley in his book "9/11 Synthetic Terror - made in the USA"

 

"The shaping of the will of Congress and the choosing of the American president has become a privilege reserved to the 20% of the population that holds 93% of the wealth, the happy few who run the corporations and the banks, own and operate the news and entertainment media, compose the laws and govern the universities, control the philanthropic foundations, the policy institutes, the casinos, and the sports arenas.
... Ronald Reagan's new Morning in America brought with it in the early 1980s the second coming of a gilded age more swinish than the first, and as the country continues to divide ever more obviously into a nation of the rich and a nation of the poor, the fictions of unity and democratic intent lose their capacity to command belief."

Lewis H. Lapham

 

"American government is corrupt. Those who have enough money can almost get anything they want from our government, whether it is tax breaks, or subsidies, or policies and laws changed, removed, or added.
... Today CEOs and wealthy businessmen are the ruling elite in the Western world, especially the United States. Their donations finance elections and even education, which they are constantly saying has to adapt itself to the needs of the market (that is, be molded to inculcate their views). It should come as no surprise therefore that the theories offered by economists rationalize the self-interest of big business and the wealthy. Overtly, of course, such theories claim to benefit society and the public's well-being. But covertly, they do just the opposite: they make the great mass of people poorer while making the rich fabulously richer."

Ravi Batra in his book "The New Golden Age"

 

"The United States has entered the ranks of the failed states. One of the most remarkable manifestations of a failed state is that the criminals are all inside the government operating against the people, whereas in a normal state, the criminals are on the outside of the government, operating against it. So, we now have every manifestation of being a failed state, with the government in the hands of a few Wall Street gangsters."

Paul Craig Roberts

 

"I spent 33 years in the Marines, most of my time being a high-class muscle man for big business, for Wall Street and the bankers. In short, I was a racketeer for Capitalism... The general public shoulders the bill. This bill renders a horrible accounting. Newly placed gravestones, Mangled bodies. Shattered minds. Broken hearts and homes. Economic instability. Back-breaking taxation for generations and generations."

Brigadier General Smedley D. Butler, 1935

 

"There is nothing puzzling about America's gratuitously aggressive foreign policy. What an aggressive foreign policy accomplishes by slow degrees, a state of war accomplishes in a trice. Overnight [war] kills reform, overnight it transforms insurgents into traitors and the Republic into an imperiled realm. Overnight it strangles free politics, distracts and overawes the citizenry. Overnight it blasts public hope."

Walter Karp

 

"The need for major states as enemies stems partly from the fact that only the perceived presence of enemy states can justify military spending at the level which the industries concerned have come to demand."

David Edwards

 

WE HAVE A GLOBAL DEBT-BASED FRACTIONAL-RESERVE FIAT MONETARY SYSTEM
WHERE DID IT COME FROM AND WHO DOES IT BENEFIT?

"The world's money-lenders became experts at parasitic high finance and got rich through the explosive growth of fractional reserve banking. These people have dominated the economies of nations through such institutions as the Bank of England, the Federal Reserve System, the Bank of International Settlements (BIS), and other central and commercial banks, currency and commodity exchanges, and stock and bond markets.
... The bankers on the one hand and the political racketeers on the other merged over a century ago under the oversight of figures associated with the creation of the Anglo-American Empire, such as Cecil Rhodes, Lord Alfred Milner, Colonel Mandell House, Winston Churchill, the House of Windsor, and, as examples of families involved, the Rothschilds, Schiffs, Morgans, Harrimans, Rockefellers, Myers, and Bushes."

Richard C. Cook

 

"The powers of financial capitalism had a far-reaching aim, nothing less than to create a world system of financial control in private hands able to dominate the political system of each country and the economy of the world as a whole. This system was to be controlled in a feudalist fashion by the central banks of the world acting in concert, by secret agreements arrived at in frequent private meetings and conferences."

Carroll Quigley, Tragedy and Hope, 1966

 

"The organizational structure for creating means of payment out of nothing, we call credit."

Carroll Quigley, historian and Georgetown University professor, in his book "Tragedy and Hope"

 

"The Western banking system controls a worldwide electronic banking network. The control of money creation at a world level constitutes the ultimate instrument of economic and social domination. The creation of fiat money provides a command over the real economies of countries worldwide. The ultimate lever of the U.S.-NATO imperial design is to override and destroy national currencies."

Michel Chossudovsky

 

"Instrumental in control of economics by the rich has been the debt-based monetary system, where credit is treated as the monopoly of private financial interests who in turn control governments, intelligence services and military establishments. Politicians are bought and sold, elected or removed, or even assassinated for this purpose. The global monetary system is tightly controlled and coordinated at the top by the leaders of the central banks who work for the world's richest people."

Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research

 

" America is the largest debtor nation, and at the same time it is the world's creditor. "Creating money out of thin air", while at the same time imposing the U.S. dollar as a global currency constitutes the ultimate instrument of conquest and imperial domination.
The U.S. monetary system is supported by the most powerful military power on earth. The dollar is backed by U.S. military might, which constitutes a means for displacing national currencies and imposing the U.S. dollar. In this regard, the Federal Reserve's overwhelming powers of money creation constitute an essential lever of an imperial monetary agenda.
... The Western banking system controls a worldwide electronic banking network. The control of money creation at a world level constitutes the ultimate instrument of economic and social domination. The creation of fiat money provides a command over the real economies of countries worldwide. The ultimate lever of the U.S.-NATO imperial design is to override and destroy national currencies."

Michel Chossudovsky in the book "The Global Economic Crisis"

 

"Since 97% of the money in the world is created from debt, any loans paid off decreases the amount of money in circulation. And when no further loans are given, the circulating money stock falls dramatically, adversely affecting businesses and the economy at large. This intentional reduction of the money supply leads to widespread business failures, high unemployment, foreclosures on property, and severe hardship within the community. On the other hand, great wealth is transferred from defaulting borrowers to the banksters."

Gabriel Donohoe

 

"The U.S. bailout ... shows that countries do not need to borrow credit from foreign banks at all. The government could have created its own money and credit system rather than leaving foreign creditors to accrue interest charges that now represent a permanent and seemingly irreversible balance-of-payments drain. The United States has shown that any country can monetize its own credit, at least domestic credit."

Michael Hudson and Jeffrey Sommers, 2008

 

"A great industrial nation is controlled by it's system of credit. Our system of credit is concentrated in the hands of a few men. We have come to be one of the worst ruled, one of the most completely controlled and dominated governments in the world."

President Woodrow Wilson

 

"Sovereign nations do not have to borrow their money into existence., yet the United States has been deceived into doing this since 1913. The compounding interest on this debt is now growing exponentially, and cannot be sustained. Unfortunately, we cannot just pay down the national debt. All our money - except for coins - is created out of debt. Under this debt money system, to reduce the debt is to reduce the national money. The only solution is to restructure our monetary system to forbid government borrowing. Fortunately, this is nothing new. The U.S. and other nations have done it before.
The problem with the economy of every nation on earth has the same root - national debt - debt that is totally unnecessary... All nations can get out of debt and not incur any more debt. Any nation that did this would immediately stabilize their economic situation - that is, incur neither significant inflation, nor deflation - by design. Human societies run best on stability - a stable economic platform - one that can be predicted in the long term. Once the money power is taken away from the big banks and returned into the hands of we, the people, then economic common sense can return, and the nation's legislature can once again become responsive to the voting electorate instead of the bankers...In other words, what we need is a new human rights movement for the next generation based upon No More National Debt.
The economic problems that most people became aware of in the fall of 2008 are not reversing. Unemployment is still rising. Foreclosures are still rising. The world's economic death spiral into a deflationary depression must continue until the real problem is addressed. Our entire global economic system is at a tipping point."

Bill Still, No More National Debt

 

"Once the government reclaims the power to create money from the banks, it will no longer need to sell its bonds to investors. It will not even need to levy income taxes... Government-issued money would actually be less inflationary than the system we have now; and it is precisely because power and money corrupt, that money creation needs to be done by a public body, exercised in full view and with full accountability... What has allowed government to be corrupted today is that it is actually run by the money cartel. Big business holds all the cards, because its affiliated banks have monopolized the business of issuing and lending the national money supply, a function the Constitution delegated solely to Congress."

Ellen Brown, Web Of Debt

 

"Central banking ... needs to expand its control over industry, nations and people through the expansion of debt, continually needing to bring more individuals, nations and industries under debt bondage. Debt is the source of all power and wealth for the central banking system - as they do not actually produce any tradable good, such as industry; nor do they provide any necessary service, such as government. Interest on debt is the source of income and authority for the central banking system, and thus, it needs to continually advance credit and expand debt."

Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research

 

"International financiers want a completely centralized global economic structure, including a single currency system, the eventual removal of physical currency to be replaced with more easily controlled digital currency, and ultimately a central authority for global economic governance. In the pursuit of a "New World Order," they must destroy the structure of the "old world"."

zerohedge.com, 2016

 

"Central banking functions on the expansion and creation of money and debt, which is lent at interest, thus serving as the source of income for the central banking system."

Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research
 
 
 
"A great industrial nation is controlled by it's system of credit. Our system of credit is concentrated in the hands of a few men. We have come to be one of the worst ruled, one of the most completely controlled and dominated governments in the world."

President Woodrow Wilson

 

"One of the primary motivations for the [American] Revolution was the control of currency by a foreign imperial power, with the ability to control inflation and devaluation, essentially controlling the entire economic conditions of the colony from abroad. The Founding Fathers of the United States understood the necessity of controlling one's own currency if one was to preserve sovereignty and independence."

Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research

 

 

Council on Foreign Relations (CFR)

HOW MUCH INFLUENCE DO COVERT GLOBAL POWER CENTERS HAVE?

"Beginning approximately in the early 1890s, a group of British elites, primarily from the privileged colleges of Oxford and Cambridge, formed what was to become the most influential policy network in Britain over the next half century and more. The group denied its existence as a formal group, but its footprints can be found around the establishment of a new journal of empire, the Round Table, founded in 1910.
The group argued that a more subtle and efficient system of global empire was required to extend the effective hegemony of Anglo-Saxon culture over the next century.
... In place of the costly military occupation of the colonies of the British Empire, they argued for a more repressive tolerance, calling for the creation of a British 'Commonwealth of Nations.' Members nations were to be given the illusion of independence, enabling Britain to reduce the high costs of far-flung armies of occupation from India to Egypt, and now across Africa and the Middle East as well. The term 'informal empire' was sometimes used to describe the shift.
... The idea of a Jewish-dominated Palestine, beholden to England for its tenuous survival, surrounded by a balkanized of squabbling Arab states, formed part of this group's [British Round Table Group] concept of a new British Empire.
... The Round Table group's grand design was to link England's vast colonial possessions, from the gold and diamond mines of Cecil Rhodes and Rothschild's Consolidated Gold Fields in South Africa, north to Egypt and the vital shipping route through the Suez Canal, and on through Mesopotamia, Kuwait and Persia into India in the East.
... The great power able to control this vast reach would control the world's most valuable strategic raw materials, from gold, basis of the international gold standard for world trade, to petroleum, in 1919 emerging as the energy source of the modern industrial era."

William Engdahl in his book "A Century of War"

 

"The CFR (Council on Foreign Relations), established six years after the Federal Reserve was created, worked to promote an internationalist agenda on behalf of the international banking elite. Where the Fed took control of money and debt, the CFR took control of the ideological foundations of such an empire - encompassing the corporate, banking, political, foreign policy, military, media, and academic elite of the nation into a generally cohesive overall world view."

Carroll Quigley in his book "Tragedy and Hope"

 

"Chatham House is one of the world's pre-eminent organisations on world affairs, which conducts its activities under a veil of secrecy. Very little mainstream media spotlight is put on the organisation which has been at the centre of British policy for close to a century ­ perhaps due to the fact that the BBC, Thomas Reuters, Bloomberg, the Telegraph Media Group, the Daily Mail and General Trust plc, the Guardian and the Economist are all corporate members of the RIIA. Raytheon, the Ministry of Defence, the British Army, the Foreign & Commonwealth Office UK, BAE Systems plc, Chevron, the Royal Bank of Scotland, HSBC Holdings plc, the Scottish Government and the European Commission, are just a handful of organisations that also belong to the Institute."

Steven MacMillan

 

"[The goal of the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) is] to bring about the surrender of the sovereignty and the national independence of the United States ... Primarily, they [CFR] want a world banking monopoly from whatever power ends up in the control of global government."

Admiral Chester Ward, longtime Council on Foreign Relations member - from the book "Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf"

 

"The Milner Group controls the Institute [Royal Institute of International Affairs (RIIA)]. Once that is established, the picture changes. The influence of Chatham House appears in its true perspective, not as the influence of an autonomous body but as merely one of the many instruments in the arsenal of another power."

Carroll Quigley in his book "Tragedy and Hope"

 

"The CFR (Council on Foreign Relations), dedicated to one-world government, financed by a number of the largest tax-exempt foundations, and wielding such power and influence over our lives in the areas of finance, business, labor, military, education and mass communication media, should be familiar to every American concerned with good government and with preserving and defending the U.S. Constitution and our free-enterprise system. Yet, the nation's news media, usually so aggressive in exposures to inform our people, remain conspicuously silent when it comes to the CFR, its members and their activities. The CFR is the establishment. Not only does it have influence and power in key decision-making positions at the highest levels of government to apply pressure from above, but it also finances and uses individuals and groups to bring pressure from below, to justify the high level decisions for converting the U.S. from a sovereign Constitutional Republic into a servile member state of a one-world dictatorship."

Rep. John R. Rarick of Louisiana, 1971

 

"Of some 1600 CFR [Council on Foreign Relations] members, 120 either own or control the nation's major newspapers, magazines, radio and television networks, as well as the most powerful book publishing companies. The interlock with academia is immense.
... CFR members virtually control the major foundations, whose grants quite often are bestowed on persons or groups tied to the CFR.
... The Central Intelligence Agency (CIA) has been under virtual CFR control since its creation.
... Of the CFR's 1974 membership, about 90 represented the major Wall Street international banking organizations. In addition, presidents, vice-presidents and chairmen of the boards of most of the giant corporations are members of the CFR."

Gary Allen in his book "Kissinger", 1976

"The Council on Foreign Relations (CFR) took control of the ideological foundations of the American empire, encompassing the corporate, banking, political, foreign policy, military, media, and academic elite of the nation into a generally cohesive overall world view. By altering one's ideology to that of promoting such an internationalist agenda, the big money that was behind it would ensure one's rise through government, industry, academia and media. There are divisions within the elite, predicated on the basis of how to use American imperial power, where to use it, on what basis to justify it, and other various methodological differences. The divide amongst elites was never on the questions of: should we use American imperial power, why has America become an Empire, or should there even be an empire? If one takes such considerations to heart and questions these concepts, be it within the foreign policy establishment, intelligence, military, academia, finance, corporate world, or media; chances are, such a person is not a member of the CFR."

Andrew Gavin Marshall

 

"The Bilderberg group is an organization of political leaders and international financiers that meets secretly every spring to make global policy. There are about 110 regulars - Rockefellers, Rothschilds, bankers, heads of international corporations and high government officials from Europe and North America. Each year, a few new people are invited and, if found useful, they return to future meetings. If not, they are discarded. Decisions reached at these secret meetings affect every American and much of the world."

Jim Tucker

 

"The Council on Foreign Relations, the Trilateral Commission and the Bilderberger Group, have prepared for and are now implementing open world dictatorship... They are not fighting against terrorists. They are fighting against citizens."

Dr. Johannes Koeppi, former German Defense Ministry official and adviser to NATO - from Dean Henderson's book "Big Oil & Their Bankers in the Persian Gulf"

 

"The Trilateral Commission admitted in their own publications that they intend to merge the U.S. and other NATO countries into a single world government controlled by the big corporations."

Mark M. Rich in his book "The Hidden Evil: The Financial Elite's Covert War Against the Civilian Population"

 

"The Trilateral Commission is intended to be the vehicle for multinational consolidation of the commercial and banking interests by seizing control of the political government of the United States. The Trilateral Commission represents a skillful, coordinated effort to seize control and consolidate the four centers of power political, monetary, intellectual and ecclesiastical. What the Trilateral Commission intends is to create a worldwide economic power superior to the political governments of the nationstates involved. As managers and creators of the system, they will rule the future."

Barry M. Goldwater from his memoirs "With No Apologies"

 

"The Bilderberg Group is the quintessential transnational planning body of the Transnational Capitalist Class, as it is composed of the elite of the elite, totally removed from public scrutiny, and acts as "a secretive global think-tank which holds the concept of a "world government" in high regard and works to achieve these ends."

Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research

 

"The Royal Institute of International Affairs (RIIA) / Chatham House now completely controls the entire global business, banking and political system of the world ­ including the Vatican."

John D. Christian in his book "Hidden Secrets on the Alpha course"

 

"The international consortium of financiers known as the Bilderbergers, who meet annually in profound secrecy to determine the destiny of the western world, is a creature of the Rockefeller-Rothschild alliance... The Rockefeller interests work in close alliance with the Rothschilds and other central banks."

Dr. Martin Larson from the book "The Secrets of the Federal Reserve" by Eustace Mullins

 

"The Bilderbergers are made up of the elites from the worlds of banking, business, government and academia - which holds top-secret meetings each year in remote resorts in the United States and Europe - to plan what is going to happen on the world scene in the months ahead.
... Only politicians and others who have proven their unquestioning loyalty to the Rothschild/Rockefeller cabal are invited to Bilderberg meetings. They must be willing tools of the super-rich and totally dedicated to the creation of a New World Order."

Des Griffin in his book "Fourth Reich of the Rich"

 

"The Royal Institute of International Affairs (RIIA) [Chatham House] and its leading personnel control not only the Far Eastern drug traffic but every important dirty money operation on the surface of the globe."

http://911truthnc.blogspot.com

 

"The Bilderberg Group's chief fear is organized resistance. Members do not want the common people of the world to figure out at they are planning for the world's future: mainly, a One World Government (World Company) with a single, global marketplace, policed by one world army, and financially regulated by one "World Bank" using one global currency."

Daniel Estulin in his book "The Bilderberg Group"

 

"What the Bilderberg group intends is a global army at the disposal of the United Nations, which is to become the world government to which all nations will be subservient."

Henry Kissinger at a Bilderberg meeting [Spotlight Reprint, August 1991]

 

United Nations

WHAT ARE GLOBAL GOVERNANCE ORGANIZATIONS?
HOW MUCH POWER DO THEY WIELD?

"The United Nations is a dictatorship from which nothing good comes, because they find a million ways to prevent anything from happening.
... Within the Security Council, there are five countries that have veto power. But without a doubt, the most influential country in the United Nations is the United States. And it's really amazing the most warmongering country in the history of mankind is put there in charge to make sure that there is peace.
... The United Nations Charter tells you how you can proceed to reform it. They say you have to call a general conference and how you have to call it and the approval that you have to have from the Security Council. But at the end, when all is said and done, when you have decided what reforms you want to make, they have a veto power over it. So it's a farce. It's a fraud.
... The United Nations is beyond reform. It's beyond patchwork. It's the most important organization in the world to help save the human species and Mother Earth, but it has to be reinvented."

former UN General Assembly President Miguel d'Escoto

 

"The IMF [International Monetary Fund] serves as gatekeeper for the World Bank and the giant international money center banks which fall under its umbrella. The IMF serves as judge and jury in ordering Third World countries to privatize their economies, and in imposing harsh austerity measures which hit the poorest people the hardest... If a country follows IMF mandates it continues to receive loans from the World Bank. If it does not, the country is cut off, its currency devalued and its economy ravaged by hyperinflation."

Dean Henderson in his book "Big Oil & Their Bankers in the Persian Gulf"

 

"The IMF is not a U.S.-controlled institution; it is a banker-controlled institution."

Brandon Smith

 

"The five veto powers and permanent members of the Security Council ­ the so called victors of the Second World War. The old boys club of 1945. The five States that have corrupted the UN Charter. And corrupted the work of the UN. Applying double-standards, and disregard for law - they have made the organisation primarily serve their best interests rather than serve its mandate.
I refer to the five most dangerous Member States that together manufacture and sell some 85% of military arms, including nuclear weapons, and so called weapons of mass destruction. This is the UN of the arms dealers - the most disreputable and yet profitable business on earth.
And tragically and quite bizarrely ­ these arms dealers are the same Member States that the UN Charter entrusts with maintaining Peace and Security around the world."

Denis Halliday

 

"The World Bank is not really a world bank at all; it is, rather, a US bank. "

John Perkins

 

"The International Monetary Fund (IMF) was the most important avenue of U.S. influence in developing countries for the past three decades. The IMF was positioned, by informal arrangement, at the top of a creditors' cartel. Governments who did not reach agreements with the Fund on various economic policies were in most cases denied credit not only from the IMF, but from the larger World Bank, other multi-lateral lenders such as the Inter-American Development Bank, the governments of rich countries, and sometimes even the private sector. This gave Washington, which has dominated the IMF since its inception in 1944, a powerful lever to promote a whole series of economic reforms in developing countries."

Mark Weisbrot

 

"The WTO [World Trade Organization] obeys the orders of multinational corporations, which, under cover of the globalization of trade, in fact rule the world."

Marie-Monique Robin in her book "The World According to Monsanto"

 

"The infamous `conditionalities' policy for procuring emergency IMF loans... remains in force to this day... The prospective recipient of money must convince inspectors it is implementing a "realistic rate of exchange... as defined by the IMF. The focus on the exchange rate allows the IMF to control a country's fiscal policy, government expenditure, tax policy, and public enterprise policy - in short, every aspect of national economic life... The formula is invariably the same. The debtor country is forced to slash imports, severely devalue its domestic currency (ensuring that relative dollar-denominated debt increases by multiples), and impose draconian cuts in government subsidies for food and other necessaries, while opening vital areas of the national economy to foreign takeovers on the cheap, justified as `free market reforms' by the IMF."

Executive Intelligence Review

 

"The policy of genocide in Iraq that was initiated and legitimized through the United Nations is an instructive indication of the extent to which the UN has become a tool of Western, and particularly Anglo-American power."

Nafeez Mosaddeq Ahmed from his book "Behind the War on Terror"

 

"The IMF is more or less a branch of the US Treasury, even though it has a European director. Its past role has been extremely destructive... If a third world dictator incurs a huge debt, and then the debt defaults, the lenders, who have made plenty of money because it was a risky loan so they get high interest, they have to be protected, so the people are subjected to harsh structural adjustment programs so that they can pay back the debt, which they didn't incur, so that rich Westerners can be compensated. So that's the IMF, the credit community's enforcer, a very destructive role in the third world. "

Noam Chomsky

 

"The greater percentage of global trade is controlled by powerful multinational enterprises. Within such a context, the notion of free trade on which the rules of the WTO [World Trade Organization] are constructed is a fallacy. The net result is that for certain sectors of humanity -- particularly the developing countries of the South -- the WTO is a veritable nightmare."

United Nations Sub-Commission on the Promotion and Protection of Human Rights, June 2000

 

"America's leading post-war planners had been involved in the 1939 War & Peace Studies Project of the New York Council on Foreign Relations. Their strategy had been to create a kind of informal empire, one in which America would emerge as the unchallenged hegemonic power in a new world order to be administered through the newly-created United Nations Organization.
The architects of the post-war US-dominated global order explicitly chose not to call it an 'empire.' Instead, the United States would project its imperial power under the guise of colonial 'liberation,' support for 'democracy' and 'free markets.' It was one of the most effective and diabolical propaganda coups of modern times."

F. William Engdahl

 

"The UN Security Council is now regarded as a captive [by most of the UN membership], where the North secures decisions by economic intimidation, abuses the peaceful-redress procedures inscribed in the charter and authorizes a kind of vigilantism against countries of the North's own choosing."

Erskine Childers, former adviser to the UN Secretary General

 

"The UN's Agenda 21 proposes a global regime that will monitor, oversee, and strictly regulate our planet's oceans, lakes, streams, rivers, aquifers, sea beds, coastlands, wetlands, forests, jungles, grasslands, farmland, deserts, tundra, and mountains. It even has a whole section on regulating and "protecting" the atmosphere. It proposes plans for cities, towns, suburbs, villages, and rural areas. It envisions a global scheme for healthcare, education, nutrition, agriculture, labor, production, and consumption - in short, everything; there is nothing on, in, over, or under the Earth that doesn't fall within the purview of some part of Agenda 21."

William Jasper in a report entitled "Your Hometown & the United Nations' Agenda 21", February 10, 2012
 

 

EMPIRE OF CHAOS
IS THE UNITED STATES THE MOST DESTRUCTIVE EMPIRE IN HISTORY?

"The Roman Empire produced few exportable goods. Material innovation, whether through entrepreneurialism or technological advancement, all but ended long before the final dissolution of the Empire. Meanwhile the costs of military defense and the pomp of Emperors continued. Financial needs continued to increase, but the means of meeting them steadily eroded. In the end due to economic failure, even the armor of soldiers deteriorated and the weaponry of soldiers became so obsolete to the extent that the enemies of the Empire had better armor and weapons as well as larger forces. The decrepit social order offered so little to its subjects that many saw the barbarian invasion as liberation from onerous obligations to the ruling class."

Alfred Toynbee

 

"U.S. military forces were directly responsible for about 10 to 15 million deaths during the Korean and Vietnam Wars and the two Iraq Wars.
... The United States was also responsible for 14 million deaths in Afghanistan, Angola, Democratic Republic of the Congo, East Timor, Guatemala, Indonesia, Pakistan and Sudan.
... The United States most likely has been responsible since WWII for the deaths of between 20 and 30 million people in wars and conflicts scattered over the world."

James A. Lucas

 

"The objective of U.S. world domination is not just power for its own sake but power to insure plutocratic control of the planet, power to privatize and deregulate the economies of every nation in the world, to hoist upon the backs of peoples everywhere - including the people of North America - the blessings of an untrammeled 'free market' corporate capitalism. The struggle is between those who belleve that the land, labor, capital, technology, and markets of the world should be dedicated to maximizing capital accumulation for the few, and those who believe that these things should be used for the communal benefit and socio-economic development of the many."

Michael Parenti

 

"The United States never intended to rebuild Iraq. The United States has a long record of bombing nations, reducing entire neighborhoods, and much of cities, to rubble, wrecking the infrastructure, ruining the lives of those the bombs didn't kill. And afterward doing shockingly little or literally nothing to repair the damage."

General William McCoy, Army Corps of Engineers

 

"So how do you improve the business climate in third world countries? Well, it's easy. You murder priests (that is, priests and other religiously oriented groups who are involved too much with the concerns of the people - i.e., the "Marynollers," the Quakers, Catholic priests involved in Liberation Theology, etc), you torture peasant organizers, you destroy popular organizations, you institute mass murder and repression to crush any popular organizations (which might try to help the poor). And that improves the investment climate. So there's a secondary correlation between American aid and the deterioration of human rights. It's entirely natural that we should tend to aid countries that are egregious violators of fundamental human rights and that torture their citizens, and that's indeed what we find."

Noam Chomsky

 

"We have compromised our values, butchered our own youth, killed hundreds of thousands of innocent people, subverted our idealism and squandered our national treasures in fruitless and costly adventures abroad. In the process, we have helped our worst enemies and turned America, once the world's beacon of freedom, into a national security surveillance state and an international moral pariah."

Robert F. Kennedy, Jr.

 

"Under Bill Clinton, George W. Bush, and Barack Obama, the US government has become an unaccountable, lawless, criminal organization and is a danger to the entire world and its own citizens."

Paul Craig Roberts

 

"American leadership is ruthlessly pursuing immoral wars all over the world with the intent of creating outside enemies to focus public anger on, as a conscious diversion away from the criminality happening domestically. As an added bonus, the intelligence-military-industrial complex makes an incredible sum of money. The end result: serfs are distracted with inane nationalistic fervor, while the "elites" earn billions."

retired U.S. Major General Robert H. Scales

 

"A U.S. military counterinsurgency document gave instructions on how to create terror.
In the case of the Philippines they were talking about leaving the bodies by the rivers. So you mutilate the bodies, you cut them, you amputate, and then you display the bodies on the riversides to stir terror in the population. And of course that's exactly what ISIS is doing today.
[In Indonesia in 1965] the CIA weighed in with a list of 5,000 targets for assassination. The U.S. press was hailing it at the time. They were calling it a gleam of light in Asia. Gen. Suharto was installed in power as a result of this process. Suharto later, in the mid-'70s, sought the permission of President Ford and Henry Kissinger to invade the small neighboring country of East Timor, which was then emerging into independence from having been a Portuguese colony. They gave the green light. They just said do it quickly. They went in [and] killed a third of the population.
It's the exact same tactics in country after country, with local adaptations, and often the officers are all trained at the same U.S. military bases-Fort Bragg, Fort Benning, Leavenworth and at the Inter-American Defense College, in the case of the Latin American officers.
It's the exact same tactics in country after country, with local adaptations, and often the officers are all trained at the same U.S. military bases-Fort Bragg, Fort Benning, Leavenworth and at the Inter-American Defense College, in the case of the Latin American officers.
In Afghanistan, Iraq and Syria, it's reached the point of political and social breakdown. There's no stopping it. It's out of control. There are not two sides. It has fractured into many sides. It's analogous to what happened in Cambodia, with the massive U.S. bombing of Cambodia, which paved the way for the rise of the Khmer Rouge. It has destroyed any semblance of normal politics or even society. In that kind of environment the most evil, the most violent, have a better chance to rise and prevail.
In Afghanistan, Iraq and Syria, it's reached the point of political and social breakdown. There's no stopping it. It's out of control. There are not two sides. It has fractured into many sides. It's analogous to what happened in Cambodia, with the massive U.S. bombing of Cambodia, which paved the way for the rise of the Khmer Rouge. It has destroyed any semblance of normal politics or even society. In that kind of environment the most evil, the most violent, have a better chance to rise and prevail.
We're now in a moment where operations of willful murder on the part of the U.S. and provocation have come back to bite the United States. That doesn't usually happen. There was no consequence like that from Central America. There was no consequence like that from Haiti, Palestine or South Africa. But in this case it happened. Operations like the U.S. backing of the mujahedeen to repel the Soviet invasion of Afghanistan ... the U.S. backing of the various anti-Assad Islamist forces in Syria, have given birth to first al-Qaida and then ISIS. That wasn't the U.S. intention. They didn't want to create al-Qaida in the sense of the al-Qaida that attacks the U.S. They didn't want to create an ISIS, which is now a political nightmare."

investigative journalist Allan Nairn

 

"According to the Defense Department's 2007 Base Structure Report, we maintain 823 military facilities in 39 foreign countries, and another 86 facilities in seven U.S. territories."

Paul Waldman, 2008

 

"Because the United States does not look like a militarized country, it's hard for Americans to grasp that Washington is a war capital, that the United States is a war state, that it garrisons much of the planet, and that the norm for us is to be at war somewhere at any moment."

Tom Engelhardt, TomDispatch, 2009

 

"Washington is responsible for the destruction of Yugoslavia and Serbia, Afghanistan, Iraq, Libya, Somalia, and part of Syria. Washington has enabled Saudi Arabia's attack on Yemen, Ukraine's attack on its former Russian provinces, and Israel's destruction of Palestine and the Palestinian people."

Paul Craig Roberts

 

"Neoconservative Jeane Kirkpatrick argued in 1979 that Third World revolutions are illegitimate, the products of Soviet expansion rather than of local historical forces opposed to repressive dictatorships. Kirkpatrick had solved the moral problem of the rollbackers: why it is fine to overthrow left-wing governments and make friends with rightist dictators. The Kirkpatrick Doctrine held that right-wing dictatorships can evolve into democratic governments while left-wing nations cannot. Under this doctrine - Marcos, Pinochet, and P.W. Botha were leading their countries down the path of democracy."

Thomas Bodenheimer and Robert Gould in their book "Rollback"

 

"The United States no longer manufactures much - with the exception of weaponry."

Chalmers Johnson

 

"While securing corporate control over extensive oil reserves and pipeline routes along the Eurasian corridor on behalf of the AngloAmerican oil giants, Washington's ultimate objective is to eventually destabilize and then colonize both China and Russia. This means the takeover of their national financial systems and the control over monetary policy, leading eventually to the imposition of the US dollar as the national currency."

Michel Chossudovsky, 2005

 

"For the world as a whole, the CIA has now become the bogey that communism has been for America. Wherever there is trouble, violence, suffering, tragedy, the rest of us are now quick to suspect the CIA had a hand in it. Our phobia about the CIA is, no doubt, as fantastically excessive as America's phobia about world communism; but in this case, too, there is just enough convincing guidance to make the phobia genuine. In fact, the roles of America and Russia have been reversed in the world's eyes. Today America has become the nightmare."

Arnold Toynbee, the British historian, quoted in the New York Times of May 7, 1971

 

"The American state's murderous rampage through the Middle East and North Africa was enabled by the Europeans who provided diplomatic and military cover for Washington's crimes. Today the Europeans are suffering the consequences as they are over-run by millions of refugees from Washington's wars."

Paul Craig Roberts

 

"We first fought in the name of religion, then Communism, and now in the name of drugs and terrorism. Our excuses for global domination always change."

Serj Tankian

 

"The U.S., with $37.8 billion in arms sales ... controlled 68.4% of the global arms market in 2008... with 70% of the market, the U.S. actually has what, in any other field, would qualify as a monopoly position."

Tom Engelhardt, 2009

 

"The purpose of our military bases is "force projection" or the maintenance of American military hegemony over the rest of the world. They facilitate our "policing" of the globe and are meant to ensure that no other nation, friendly or hostile, can ever challenge us militarily."

Chalmers Johnson

 

"American policymakers, setting themselves up as guardians of the world system, are more inclined than ever to simply disregard international laws and conventions if they get in the way of unrivaled military supremacy. Every instance of U.S. armed intervention during the 1980s and 1990s represents a flagrant violation of regional treaties and laws, not to mention the UN Charter itself, which explicitly prohibits military attacks against sovereign nations - for example, Grenada, Nicaragua, Haiti, Panama, Serbia, and Iraq. In any event, the U.S. has consistently shown its contempt for international bodies, agreements, and procedures that might conflict with its hegemonic aspirations."

Carl Boggs

 

"Wherever the US government says it is promoting democracy and freedom, there has been destruction, impoverishment, sectarianism, fighting, and death."

Mahdi Darius Nazemroaya

 

"The greatest myth concerning American foreign policies is the deeply-held belief that no matter what the United States does abroad, no matter how bad it may look, no matter what horror may result, the American government means well. American leaders may make mistakes, they may blunder, they may even on the odd occasion cause more harm than good, but they do mean well. Their intentions are always honorable. Of that Americans are certain. They genuinely wonder why the rest of the world can't see how kind and g

William Blum

 

IS THE FIRST WORLD RESPONSIBLE FOR THE MISERY IN THE THIRD WORLD?

"The global elite thrives on war and widespread human misery, on death and destruction by design."

Mujahid Kamran

 

"The United States has exercised a quite cynical manipulation of power worldwide while masquerading as a force for universal good. It's a brilliant, highly successful act of hypnosis. Brutal, indifferent, scornful and ruthless it may be, but it is also very clever."

Harold Pinter, 2005

 

"From 1945 to 2003, the United States attempted to overthrow more than 40 foreign governments, and to crush more than 30 populist-nationalist movements fighting against intolerable regimes. In the process, the US bombed some 25 countries, caused the end of life for several million people, and condemned many millions more to a life of agony and despair."

William Blum

 

"The long record of the US state and its oligarch allies destroying societies across the world is unspeakable in the mass media because they themselves are financed and advertised in by the same transnational corporations that demand the resources and territories of societies everywhere."

John McMurtry

 

" I think this a very hard choice, but the price - we think the price is worth it."

Secretary of State Madeleine Albright - about US sanctions killing more than 500,000 Iraqi children

 

"Every time weaker nations have attempted to reallocate their resources and undertake land reform to feed starving populations, powerful interests emanating from the rich world and its multilateral bodies have thwarted their efforts."

Susan George

 

"American foreign-policy makers are exquisitely attuned to the rise of a government, or a movement that might take power, that will not lie down and happily become an American client state, that will not look upon the free market or the privatization of the world known as "globalization" as summum bonum [the highest good], that will not change its laws to favor foreign investment, that will not be unconcerned about the effects of foreign investment upon the welfare of its own people, that will not produce primarily for export, that will not easily tolerate the International Monetary Fund or the World Trade Organization inflicting a scorched-earth policy upon the country's social services or standard of living, that will not allow an American or NATO military installation upon its soil. Given the proper pretext, such bad examples have to be reduced to basket cases, or, where feasible, simply overthrown."

William Blum

 

"In the US's so-called War on Terror, by far the greatest and most systematic terrorization of civilians is in fact perpetrated by the US state itself. Unarmed citizens are murdered across the world as 'collateral damage', 'illegal enemy combatants' or other license of impunity. The US state conceives itself as above international law along with ally Israel, but this reality is taboo to report and so too all the killing and terrorization of civilians. One can truly say that "the historical record demonstrates the US is provably guilty of continual lawless mass murder of civilians across the world", but the truth is unthinkable within the ruling ideological regime."

John McMurtry

 

"Control the food, and you control the people."

Henry Kissinger

 

"When the full and true story of Jean-Bertrand Aristide is finally told, it will portray a noble and humble man who gave of himself honorably to serve the interests of all the people of Haiti. His only failure was his inability to overcome the brutal and corrupt power of the U.S. and its determination to see him fail. "

Stephen Lendman

 

"Consider the US-led deadly civil wars and coup d'etats in Venezuela and Ukraine as well as Libya and Syria. They mass terrorize and destroy societies into defenseless dependency so that their resources, lands and markets are "free" for transnational corporate exploitation."

John McMurtry

 

"Somehow we find it hard to sell our values, namely that the rich should plunder the poor."

Secretary of State John Foster Dulles

 

"Africa is extremely rich in many resources, from agriculture to oil, minerals, and a huge variety of other resources used all around the world. If African nations were able to develop their own economies, use their own resources, and create their own industries and businesses, they could become self-sufficient at first, and then may become a force of great competition for the established industries and elites around the world. After all, Europe does not have much to offer in terms of resources, as the continent's wealth has largely come from plundering the resources of regions like Africa, and in becoming captains of monetary manipulation. A revitalized, vibrant, economically independent and successful Africa could spell the end of Western financial dominance. "

Andrew Gavin Marshall

 

"I don't understand the 'shock' Americans claim to feel at the lurid pictures from Abu Ghraib prison. You've seen the troops break down doors and terrify women and children, curse, scream, push, pull, and throw people to the ground with a boot over their head. You've seen troops shoot civilians in cold blood. You've seen them bomb cities and towns. You've seen them burn cars and humans using tanks and helicopters. I sometimes get e-mails asking me to propose solutions or make suggestions. Fine. Today's lesson: don't rape, don't torture, don't kill, and get out while you can - while it still looks like you have a choice. Chaos? Civil war? We'll take our chances - just take your puppets, your tanks, your smart weapons, your dumb politicians, your lies, your empty promises, your rapists, your sadistic torturers and go."

an Iraqi woman in an online blog

 

WHY DOES THE U.S. LOVE DICTATORS AND HATE POPULARLY-ELECTED LEADERS?

SUPPORTED DICTATORS
(a partial list)

General Suharto-Indonesia / Paul Kagame-Rwanda / Augusto Pinochet-Chile

 

DEPOSED POPULARLY-ELECTED LEADERS
(a partial list)

Mohammad Mossadegh-Iran / Patrice Lumumba-Congo (DRC) / Jacobo Arbenz-Guatemala

 

"There has been almost no coup or government overthrow since 1945 not led by the US."

John McMurtry

 

"The U.S. military acts in the interests of the corporate and financial elite, as those countries that do not submit to American economic hegemony are deemed enemies, and the military is ultimately sent in to implement 'regime change'."

Andrew Gavin Marshall

 

"So how do you improve the business climate in third world countries? Well, it's easy. You murder priests (that is, priests and other religiously oriented groups who are involved too much with the concerns of the people - i.e., the "Marynollers," the Quakers, Catholic priests involved in Liberation Theology, etc), you torture peasant organizers, you destroy popular organizations, you institute mass murder and repression to crush any popular organizations (which might try to help the poor). And that improves the investment climate. So there's a secondary correlation between American aid and the deterioration of human rights. It's entirely natural that we should tend to aid countries that are egregious violators of fundamental human rights and that torture their citizens, and that's indeed what we find."

Noam Chomsky

 

"American foreign-policy makers are exquisitely attuned to the rise of a government, or a movement that might take power, that will not lie down and happily become an American client state, that will not look upon the free market or the privatization of the world known as "globalization" as the highest good, that will not change its laws to favor foreign investment, that will not be unconcerned about the effects of foreign investment upon the welfare of its own people, that will not produce primarily for export, that will not easily tolerate the International Monetary Fund or the World Trade Organization inflicting a scorched-earth policy upon the country's social services or standard of living, that will not allow an American or NATO military installation upon its soil. Given the proper pretext, such bad examples have to be reduced to basket cases, or, where feasible, simply overthrown."

William Blum

 

"After World War II, in the name of containing Communism, the United States, mostly through the actions of local allies, executed or encouraged coups in, among other places, Guatemala, Brazil, Chile, Uruguay, Argentina and patronized a brutal mercenary war in Nicaragua ... By the end of the Cold War, Latin American security forces trained, funded, equipped, and incited by Washington had executed a reign of bloody terror - hundreds of thousands killed, an equal number tortured, millions driven into exile-from which the region has yet to fully recover."

Greg Grandin in his book "Empire's Workshop"

 

"The coups in Iran, Guatemala, South Vietnam, and Chile were all "what the President ordered." They were not rogue operations. Presidents, cabinet secretaries, national security advisers, and CIA directors approved them, authorized by the 1947 law that created the CIA and assigned it "duties related to intelligence affecting the national security." The first thing all four of these coups have in common is that American leaders promoted them consciously, willfully, deliberately, and in strict accordance with the laws of the United States."

Stephen Kinzer in his book "Overthrow: America's Century of Regime Change from Haiti to Iraq"

 

"Patrice Lumumba was the first elected Prime Minister and ascended to power in the Congo on June 30, 1960, the date of Congo' s independence from Belgium. Within ten weeks of being elected, Lumumba's government was deposed in a coup. He was subsequently imprisoned and assassinated on January 17, 1961 by Western powers (United States, Belgium, France, England and the United Nations) in cahoots with local leaders such as Moise Tshombe and Joseph Desire Mobutu (Mobutu Sese Seko)."

friendsofthecongo.org

 

"The trigger for military coups in Latin America were fears of popular demands for social reform and democratic change."

J. Patrice McSherry in the book "Predatory States: Operation Condor and Covert War in Latin America"

 

"The result of neo-colonialism is that foreign capital is used for the exploitation rather than for the development of the less developed parts of the world. Investment, under neo-colonialism, increases, rather than decreases, the gap between the rich and the poor countries of the world. The struggle against neo-colonialism is not aimed at excluding the capital of the developed world from operating in less developed countries. It is aimed at preventing the financial power of the developed countries being used in such a way as to impoverish the less developed."

Kwame Nkrumah, President of Ghana 1957-1966

 

U.S. Military and CIA Interventions since World War II

Iran (1953); Guatemala(1954); Thailand (1957); Laos (1958-60); the Congo (1960); Turkey (1960, 1971 & 1980); Ecuador (1961 & 1963); South Vietnam (1963); Brazil (1964); the Dominican Republic (1963); Argentina (1963); Honduras (1963 & 2009); Iraq (1963 & 2003); Bolivia (1964, 1971 & 1980); Indonesia (1965); Ghana (1966); Greece (1967); Panama (1968 & 1989); Cambodia (1970); Chile (1973); Bangladesh (1975); Pakistan (1977); Grenada (1983); Mauritania (1984); Guinea (1984); Burkina Faso (1987); Paraguay (1989); Haiti (1991 & 2004); Russia (1993); Uganda (1996);and Libya (2011). This list does not include a roughly equal number of failed coups, nor coups in Africa and elsewhere in which a U.S. role is suspected but unproven.

from William Blum's book "Killing Hope"

 

"The Americans who engineered countless military coups, death squads and massacres in Latin America never paid for their crimes - instead they got promoted and they're now running the 'War on Terror".

Naomi Klein

 

"The coup against Aristide, then, must be understood not in isolation, but as the culmination of activities that really began the minute he was re-elected in 2000. Destabilization efforts by the U.S. government, active U.S. support for the creation of a so-called civil-society opposition, and eventually the invasion of Haiti by an armed band of criminals and murderers were all part of a process designed to ensure that Haiti would return fully to the fold of the U.S. empire and its minions in Haiti."

Bill Fletcher, Jr, 2004

 

"The United States... supported authoritarian regimes throughout Central and South America during and after the Cold War in defense of its economic and political interests.
In tiny Guatemala, the Central Intelligence Agency mounted a coup overthrowing the democratically elected government in 1954, and it backed subsequent rightwing governments against small leftist rebel groups for four decades. Roughly 200,000 civilians died.
In Chile, a CIA-supported coup helped put General Augusto Pinochet in power from 1973 to 1990.
In Peru, a fragile democratic government is still unraveling the agency's role in a decade of support for the now-deposed and disgraced president, Alberto K. Fujimori.
The United States had to invade Panama in 1989 to topple its narco-dictator, Manuel A. Noriega, who, for almost 20 years, was a valued informant for American intelligence."

John Perkins in his book "Confessions of Economic Hit Man"

 

"On June 28, 2009, Honduran President Manuel Zelaya was awakened by gunfire. A coup was carried out by US-trained military officers, including graduates of the infamous US Army School of the Americas (WHINSEC) in Georgia. President Zelaya was illegally taken to Costa Rica.
Democracy in Honduras ended as a de facto government of the rich and powerful seized control. A sham election backed by the US confirmed the leadership of the coup powers. The US and powerful lobbyists continue to roam the hemisphere trying to convince other Latin American countries to normalize relations with the coup government."

Bill Quigley and Laura Raymond, 2010

 

"It is firm and continuing policy that Allende be overthrown by a coup.... We are to continue to generate maximum pressure toward this end utilizing every appropriate resource. It is imperative that these actions be implemented clandestinely and securely so that United States Government and American hand be well hidden."

cable outlining CIA objectives in Chile to the station chief in Santiago

 

"In Indonesia in 1965 a group of young military officers attempted a coup against the U.S.-backed military establishment and murdered six of seven top military officers. The Agency seized this opportunity to overthrow Sukarno and to destroy the Communist Party of Indonesia (PKI), which had three million members... Estimates of the number of deaths that occurred as a result of this CIA ... operation run from one-half million to more than one million people."

Ralph McGehee in his book "Deadly Deceits"

 

"80 percent of the officers who carried out the 1964 coup against Brazilian President Goulart had been trained by the United States."

Penny Lernoux in her book "Cry of the People"

 

"Documents written by the CIA clearly show knowledge of the detailed plans for the coup against Hugo Chávez in 2002... Financial and advisory agencies like the National Endowment for Democracy (NED), the International Republican Institute (IRI), the National Democratic Institute (NDI) and the Center for International Private Enterprise (CIPE) financed all the groups, NGOs, trade unions, businesspeople, political parties and the media involved in the coup."

Eva Golinger, 2008

 

"Paul Kagame is possibly the greatest mass murderer alive today. The fact that Paul Kagame continues to live and work freely in the world, unthreatened by "international justice", celebrated as the Abe Lincoln of his war-torn domain in central Africa, and highly regarded and honored in the United States, Britain, and Canada, shows us unambiguously that when the events in Rwanda 1994 are at issue, things as fragile as truth and historical clarity are only able to survive as exiles from these powers."

Edward S. Herman and David Peterson, 2014

 

"In Guatemala, United Fruit supported the CIA-backed 1954 military coup against President Jacobo Arbenz, a reformer who had carried out a land reform package. Arbenz' overthrow led to more than thirty years of unrest and civil war in Guatemala."

Nikolas Kozloff, 2009


 
"On September 11, 1973, General Augusto Pinochet orchestrated a coup d'état, with the aid and participation of the CIA, against the Allende government of Chile, overthrowing it and installing Pinochet as dictator. The next day, an economic plan for the country was on the desks of the General Officers of the Armed Forces who performed government duties. The plan entailed privatization, deregulation and cuts to social spending, written up by U.S.-trained economists. These were the essential concepts in neoliberal thought, which, through the oil crises of the 1970s, would be forced upon the developing world through the World Bank and IMF."

Andrew Gavin Marshall

 

"The CIA had developed a program to assassinate the President of Zaire [later Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC)] Patrice Lumumba. The operation, didn't work. It was to give poison to Lumumba. And they couldn't find a setting in which to get the poison to him successfully in a way that it wouldn't appear to be a CIA operation. Instead, the CIA chief of station in Zaire talked to Lumumba aide and Belgian security police informer Joseph Mobutu about the threat that Lumumba posed, and Mobutu had his men kill Lumumba."

former CIA agent John Stockwell

 

"All during the length of my fight for the independence of my country, I have never doubted for a single instant the final triumph of the sacred cause to which my companions and myself have consecrated our lives. But what we wish for our country, its right to an honorable life, to a spotless dignity, to an independence without restrictions, Belgian colonialism and its Western allies - who have found direct and indirect support, deliberate and not deliberate among certain high officials of the United Nations, this organization in which we placed all our confidence when we called for their assistance - have not wished it.
... History will one day have its say, but it will not be the history that Brussels, Paris, Washington or the United Nations will teach, but that which they will teach in the countries emancipated from colonialism and its puppets. Africa will write its own history, and it will be, to the north and to the south of the Sahara, a history of glory and dignity."

Patrice Lumumba's last letter to his wife before his assassination, December 1960

 

WHO BENEFITS FROM THE GLOBAL DRUG TRADE?
BILLIONS IN PROFITS GO TO BANKS, CORPORATIONS AND INDIVIDUALS - MOSTLY IN THE WEST

TRILLIONS OF DOLLARS OF GLOBAL ELITE TREASURE ARE HIDDEN FROM VIEW
INDIVIDUALS AND CORPORATIONS AVOID PAYING TAXES
DRUG MONEY IS LAUNDERED THROUGH LARGE INTERNATIONAL BANKS
FUNDING OF GOVERNMENT COVERT OPERATIONS IS OBSCURED
 

CITY OF LONDON
"City of London" is the secrecy jurisdiction of choice for the global mega-wealthy

WALL STREET (NEW YORK CITY)

NEVADA
DELAWARE
WYOMING
SOUTH DAKOTA

HONG KONG
MACAO

THE VATICAN

COUNTRIES
UNITED STATES
BRITAIN
PANAMA
SINGAPORE
MALAYSIA
JAPAN
CHINA
BELIZE
ISRAEL
LEBANON
TURKEY
CYPRUS
UNITED ARAB EMIRATES (DUBAI)
BAHRAIN
SWITZERLAND
GERMANY
LUXEMBOURG
MONACO
ANDORRA
LIECHTENSTEIN
NETHERLANDS
IRELAND
MAURITIUS
SEYCHELLES
NUE
SAMOA
MARSHALL ISLANDS

ISLANDS UNDER BRITISH INFLUENCE
British offshore tax havens funnel money into "City of London" financial institutions and real estate from around the world

BRITISH VIRGIN ISLANDS
BAHAMAS
CAYMAN ISLAND
ANGUILLA
ISLE OF MAN
GUERNSEY
JERSEY
GIBRALTAR
MONSERRAT
BERMUDA
ANTIGUA AND BARBUDA
BARBADOS
DOMINICA
GRENADA
ST. KITTS AND NEVIS
ST. LUCIA
ST. VINCENT AND THE GRENADINES
TURKS AND CAICOS

ISLANDS UNDER NETHERLANDS INFLUENCE
ARUBA
BONAIRE
CURAÇAO
ST. MAARTEN
NETHERLAND ANTILLES

MONEY LAUNDERING BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS
HSBC
BANK OF AMERICA
JP MORGAN CHASE
CITIBANK
WELLS FARGO
WESTERN UNION
AMERICAN EXPRESS
CREDIT SUISSE
UBS
STANDARD CHARTERED
BARCLAYS
AND MANY OTHER INTERNATIONAL BANKS AND FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS

 

"The drug "industry" is ... under the control of a single world network.
... The drug-related illegal economy is the biggest business in the world.
... The British monarchy organized most of the Far East to conform to the drug traffic.
... The Anglo-Dutch "offshore" banking system and related precious metals and gems trade were designed around illegal money.
... The world drug traffic is a top-down operation under the immediate control of the British and allied monarchies. "

www.bibliotecapleyades.net - How the Drug Empire Works

 

"Money laundering is simply everywhere. On the grand scale, it's endemic to banking... Money laundering is not some distant fantasy. It's actually how you handle the profits of extortion, tax evasion, criminal conspiracy and huge quantities of drug money, how you get that into the white sector... We pay vast sums of money to agencies that are supposed to stop money laundering. It doesn't happen."

John le Carre

 

"Nothing has changed in the opium-heroin-cocaine trade. It is still run by the same "upper class" families in Britain and the United States. It is still a fabulously profitable trade where what seem to be big losses through seizures by the authorities are written off in paneled boardrooms in New York, Hong Kong and London over port and cigars as merely the cost of doing business."

John Coleman in his book "Conspirators' Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300"

 

"Money laundering, according to IMF estimates for the 1990s, was between 590 billion and 1.5 trillion dollars a year. The proceeds of the drug trade are deposited in the banking system. Drug money is laundered in the numerous offshore banking havens in Switzerland, Luxembourg, the British Channel Islands, the Cayman Islands and some 50 other locations around the globe. It is here that criminal syndicates involved in the drug trade and the representatives of the world's largest commercial banks interact. Dirty money is deposited in these offshore havens, which are controlled by major Western banks and financial institutions which have a vested interest in maintaining and sustaining the drug trade."

Michel Chossudovsky in his book "America's War on Terrorism"

 

"The large international banks that finance the drug trade, get it and launder it, using it to prop up their bankrupt international financial system."

from the book "DOPE, INC.: the international drug cartel, money-laundering, and state power", 1992

 

"U.S.-based accounts at Citigroup Inc., Deutsche Bank AG and Bank of America Corp., were used to channel tens of millions of dollars' worth of global drug money that was sent to shady Colombian currency brokerages."

Angelo Young, 2014

 

"Drug profits are secured through the ability of the drug cartels to launder and transfer billions of dollars through the US banking system. The scale and scope of the US banking-drug cartel alliance surpasses any other economic activity of the US private banking system."

James Petras

 

"Hong Kong was set up by the British, literally from bare rock, as a center for the drug trade, and remains to this day purely British, and purely a center for the drug trade. "

Webster Griffin Tarpley and Anton Chaitkin in their book "George Bush : The Unauthorized Biography"

 

"The Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank (HSBC), remains the largest and least controlled clearinghouse bank for the opium trade.

John Coleman in his book "Conspirators' Hierarchy: The Story of the Committee of 300"

 

"The Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank [HSBC] and related companies finance the opium trade. In this, they are acting as designated agents of the British monarchy, through the Royal Institute of International Affairs.
The world illegal drug traffic is controlled by a single group of men whose intimate ties of ownership, family, and political collaboration go back 200 years."

www.bibliotecapleyades.net "How the Drug Empire Works"

 

"Narco-dollars are channeled into "private banking" accounts in numerous offshore banking havens controlled by the large Western banks and financial institutions. The major Wall Street and European banks and stock brokerage firms launder billions of dollars resulting from the trade in narcotics."

"The Destabilization of Haiti" an article by Michel Chossudovsky

 

"The United States is the world leader in global money laundering. According to the Department of Justice, the US launders between $500 billion - $1 trillion annually."

"Narco-Dollars For Beginners" an article by Catherine Austin Fitts

 

"If 700 billion dollars a year in illegal drug money is moved and laundered through the American and world economy, that money benefits financial markets and especially Wall Street. That's the reason for maintaining the illegal drug trade."

Daniel Estulin in hius book "Shadow Masters"

 

"No government has ever touched the system which allowed the drug trade to develop. Money-laundering is not even a criminal offense in 8 out of the 15 industrial nations. In the United States, the center of the problem, government action, is a joke: No top management has ever been charged or prosecuted for criminal money-laundering activity."

from the book "DOPE, INC.: the international drug cartel, money-laundering, and state power", 1992

 

"A large share of the multibillion dollar revenues of narcotics are deposited in the Western banking system. Most of the large international banks together with their affiliates in the offshore banking havens launder large amounts of narco-dollars."

Michel Chossudovsky in the book "The Global Economic Crisis"

 

"The British Crown Colony of Hong Kong, with the British Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation (HSBC) at the top, is considered the number-one money-laundering center for the heroin trade. Illegal drugs are the biggest business in the Far East -- and close to being the biggest business in the world -- but in Hong Kong, drugs do not merely dominate the economy: They are the economy."

from the book "DOPE, INC.: the international drug cartel, money-laundering, and state power", 1992

 

"New York and London have become the world's two biggest laundries of criminal and drug money, and offshore tax havens. Not the Cayman Islands, not the Isle of Man or Jersey. The big laundering is right through the City of London and Wall Street."

Martin Woods, bank money laundering investigator, Observer newspaper, 2011

 

"Banks act as clearing houses and money launderers of billions of dollars derived from drug money. The main "big name banks" are:
· The Bank of England
· The Federal Reserve Banks
· Bank of International Settlements
· The World Bank
· The Hong Kong and Shanghai Bank (HSBC)
· American Express
American Express Bank Travelers checks are a convenient method of recycling drug dollars. Each of these banks is affiliated with and/or controls hundreds of thousands of large and small banks throughout the world."

John Coleman in his book "The Committee of 300"

 

"The British pre-eminence makes the world picture of offshore banking and dirty money more comprehensible. If the world offshore banking sector appears to run as a single operation under British monarchy control, that is because the same group of people who run it also run the opium traffic whose proceeds this banking sector was created to handle."

www.bibliotecapleyades.net - How the Drug Empire Works

 

WHAT IS THE NEW WORLD ORDER?
WHO IS PLANNING AND DIRECTING IT?

"The master planners devised the strategy of a merger - a Great Merger - among nations.
But before such a merger can be consummated, and the United States becomes just another province in a New World Order, there must at least be the semblance of parity among the senior partners in the deal. How does one make the nations of the world more nearly equal? The Insiders determined that a two-prong approach was needed; use American money and know-how to build up your competitors, while at the same time use every devious strategy you can devise to weaken and impoverish this country. The goal is not to bankrupt the United States. Rather, it is to reduce our productive might, and therefore our standard of living, to the meager subsistence level of the socialized nations of the world.
The plan is not to bring the standard of living in less developed countries up to our level, but to bring ours down to meet theirs coming up... It is your standard of living which must be sacrificed on the altar of the New World Order."

Gary Allen in his book "The Rockefeller File"

 

"The ruling class keep the lower and the middle classes fighting with each other... Anything different-that's what they're gonna talk about-race, religion, ethnic and national background, jobs, income, education, social status, sexuality, anything they can do to keep us fighting with each other, so that they can keep going to the bank."

George Carlin

 

"A threat confronts liberal democracy. it involves the gradual appearance of a more controlled and directed society. Such a society would be dominated by an elite whose claim to political power would rest on allegedly superior scientific knowhow. Unhindered by the restraints of traditional liberal values, this elite would not hesitate to achieve its political ends by using the latest modern techniques for influencing public behaviour and keeping society under close surveillance and control. Under such circumstances, the scientific and technological momentum of the country would not be reversed but would actually feed on the situation it exploits."

Zbigniew Brzezinski

 

"A One World Government and one-unit monetary system, under permanent non-elected hereditary oligarchists who self-select from among their numbers in the form of a feudal system as it was in the Middle Ages. In this One World entity, population will be limited by restrictions on the number of children per family, diseases, wars, famines, until 1 billion people who are useful to the ruling class, in areas which will be strictly and clearly defined, remain as the total world population.
There will be no middle class, only rulers and the servants. All laws will be uniform under a legal system of world courts practicing the same unified code of laws, backed up by a One World Government police force and a One World unified military to enforce laws in all former countries where no national boundaries shall exist. The system will be on the basis of a welfare state; those who are obedient and subservient to the One World Government will be rewarded with the means to live; those who are rebellious will simple be starved to death or be declared outlaws, thus a target for anyone who wishes to kill them. Privately owned firearms or weapons of any kind will be prohibited."

John Coleman in his book "Conspirators' Hierarchy"

 

"We are going to have a war on terror which you can never win, and so you can always keep taking people's liberties away. The media is going to convince everybody that the war on terror is real. The ultimate goal is to get everybody in the world chipped with an RFID chip, and have all money be on the chips, and if anyone wants to protest what we do, we turn off the chip."

Nicholas Rockefeller to producer Aaron Russo - eleven months before the 9/11 World Trade Center attacks

 

"States, most especially the large hegemonic ones, such as the United States and Great Britain, are controlled by the international central banking system, working through secret agreements at the Bank for International Settlements (BIS), and operating through national central banks (such as the Bank of England and the Federal Reserve)... The same international banking cartel that controls the United States today previously controlled Great Britain and held it up as the international hegemon. When the British order faded, and was replaced by the United States, the US ran the global economy. However, the same interests are served. States will be used and discarded at will by the international banking cartel; they are simply tools."

Andrew Gavin Marshall

 

"International financiers want a completely centralized global economic structure, including a single currency system, the eventual removal of physical currency to be replaced with more easily controlled digital currency, and ultimately a central authority for global economic governance. In the pursuit of a "New World Order," they must destroy the structure of the "old world"."

zerohedge.com, 2016

 

"If you wanted a national monopoly, you must control a national socialist government. If you want a worldwide monopoly, you must control a world socialist government. That is what the game is all about. "Communism" is not a movement of the downtrodden masses but is a movement created, manipulated and used by power-seeking billionaires in order to gain control over the world, first by establishing socialist governments in the various nations and then consolidating them all through a "Great Merger," into an all-powerful world, socialist super-state."

Gary Allen

 

"There is a plan to homogenize all regions of the earth through massive migrant immigration globally. This systematic leveling of the so called playing field between the developed Western world (North America and Europe) and the developing Third World is simply part of the plan leading to the New World Order. Hence, the globalized aggressive attack and disintegration of the middle class around the world is designed to lower the standard of living in the West, homogenizing a destabilized worldwide lower standard of living that will facilitate maximum control over a desperate, struggling global population."

Joachim Hagopian

 

"People, governments and economies of all nations must serve the needs of multinational banks and corporations."

Zbigniew Brzezinski, in his book "Technotronic Era"

 

"There is a worldwide conspiracy being orchestrated by an extremely powerful and influential group of individuals which include many of the world's wealthiest people, top political leaders, and corporate elite, as well as members of the so-called Black Nobility of Europe (dominated by the British Crown) whose goal is to create a One World Government, stripped of nationalistic and regional boundaries, that is obedient to their agenda. Their intention is to effect complete and total control over every human being on the planet and to dramatically reduce the world's population by 6.5 Billion people to 500 million. The name New World Order is a term frequently used today when referring to this group."

Ken Adachi

 

"The middle class is targeted for elimination because most of the world has no middle class, and to fully integrate and internationalize a middle class, this would require industrialization and development in places such as Africa, and certain places in Asia and Latin America, and would represent a massive threat to the Superclass, as it would be a valve through which much of their wealth and power would escape them. Their goal is not to lose their wealth and power to a transnational middle class, but rather to extinguish the notion of a middle class, and transnationalize a lower, uneducated, labor oriented class, through which they will secure ultimate wealth and power."

Andrew Gavin Marshall, Global Research

 

"The global banking elite are moving the world to a New World Order in which they will have absolute and total control of all wealth and all levers of political and military power, to a world that utilizes 21st Century technology to enslave the population, all based on lies and the greed of a very small number of very powerful people leading the masses into the worst nightmare of human history. Ultimately, where their current End Game in the drive for a New World Order is taking us is a place of total global destruction. Sadly, there is no force, political or otherwise, that seems capable of reversing the trend to global economic disaster and global war."

fromthetrenchesworldreport.com, 2014

 

"Henry Kissinger produced, in April 1974, the classified National Security Council Study Memorandum 200 (NSSM 200), directed to Washington high officialdom, defining a program aimed at population reduction in Third World countries possessing needed raw materials, since growing populations with aspirations for a better standard of living give rise to high prices for such materials. Kissinger named 13 target countries for population control, including Brazil, India, Egypt, Mexico, Ethiopia, Columbia, and others."

F William Engdahl in his book "A Century of War"

 

"The name of the game is the creation of world banks, regional currencies, multinational trusts, giant foundations, land expropriations, and massive transfers of natural resources - the cartelization of the world's natural resources - which will ultimately evolve into transfers of national sovereignty."

Larry Abraham with Franklin Sanders in their book "The Greening: The Environmentalists' Drive for Global Power"

 

"The technetronic era involves the gradual appearance of a more controlled society. Such a society would be dominated by an elite, unrestrained by traditional values. Soon it will be possible to assert almost continuous surveillance over every citizen and maintain up-to-date complete files containing even the most personal information about the citizen. These files will be subject to instantaneous retrieval by the authorities."

Zbigniew Brzezinski in his 1970 book "Between Two Ages: America's Role in the Technetronic Era"

 

"The US and UK governments' relentless backing for the global spread of genetically modified seeds was in fact the implementation of a decades long policy of the Rockefeller Foundation since the 1930's, when it funded Nazi eugenics research... As some of these circles saw it, war as a means of population reduction was costly and not that efficient.
... The Rockefeller Foundation, working with John D. Rockefeller Ill's Population Council, the World Bank, the UN Development Program and the Ford Foundation, and others, had been working with the WHO (World Health Organization) for 20 years to develop an anti-fertility vaccine using tetanus, as well as with other vaccines."

F. William Engdahl in his book "Seeds of Destuction"

 

"The global financial elite of the Ford, Carnegie and Rockefeller foundations are making the plans for a one world government. The real name of the game is '1984'. We will have systematic population reduction, forced sterilization or anything else which the planners deem necessary to establish absolute control in their humanitarian utopia. But to enforce these plans, you must have an all-powerful world government. You can't do this if individual nations have sovereignty. And before you can facilitate the Great Merger, you must first centralize control within each nation, destroy the local police and remove the guns from the hands of the citizenry. You must replace our once free Constitutional Republic with an all-powerful central government."

Gary Allen in his book "None Dare Call It Conspiracy"

 

"Persisting social crisis, the emergence of a charismatic personality, and the exploitation of mass media to obtain public confidence would be the steppingstones in the piecemeal transformation of the United States into a highly controlled society."

Zbigniew Brzezinski

 

HIERARCHY OF GLOBAL POWER
Adrian Salbuchi "The Coming World Government"

Think Tanks
A compact, hierarchical, seamless and very powerful global network of geostrategic planning centres - so-called "think tanks" - notably, the Council on Foreign Relations (CFR), Trilateral Commission (TC), Bilderberg Group, Royal Institute of International Affairs ("Chatham House"), World Economic Forum, Project for a New American Century (PNAC), amongst others. Their job is to plan out the long-term development of complex political, economic, financial, technological, military and cultural processes, integrating them into consistent, sustainable and complex geopolitical models, geared to achieving growing long-term national, regional and global domination.

Financial Dynastic Families
They have wielded immense economic, financial and social power and fortune for generations, even centuries: i.e., Rothschild, Rockefeller, Morgan, Mellon, Bin-Laden, Bush, Buffet and others.

Royal Dynasties and Noble Bloodlines
They have wielded social, economic, religious and financial Power for centuries (i.e., the ruling nobilities of Britain, Holland, Spain, Belgium, as well as the "uncrowned nobilities" in France, Germany, Austria, Italy and Portugal). They closely link-in with their counterparts in Islamic sheikdoms and patrician financial "nobilities" in the US and Far East.

Religious Organisations
Political structures of key religious faiths, notably The Vatican, Church of England, Lutheran and Calvinist Churches, the Jewish Sanhedrin, Evangelical and Pentecostal organisations, many of them staunchly pro-Zionist. The religious organizations are a "necessary evil" for the elite power brokers/stockholders to use for controlling the masses.

Supranational Political Structures
Freemasonry, Zionism, International Social Democracy, International Christian Democracy, various NGO's and lobbies.
The highest echelons of global power come together at its pyramidal apex - a compact Round Table of "Elders" representing money power, dynastic families, kings, queens and sheiks, Vatican priests, rabbis, Lutheran and Anglican clergy, and the bloodlines from where the future "King of the World" shall arise. [The highest rulers of the Illuminati pyramid of power are contained within the Rothschild family.]

Organised Crime
Organised crime interacts with "legitimate" power structures and may even be created by them under various "operational agreements". This brings under the fold various Mafias, arms dealers, drug cartels, money launderers, plus their respective financial managers [i.e. certain banks]. Boundaries are not clear-cut because organised criminal groups seem to have successfully embedded themselves into "legitimate" organisations, including the CIA, MI6, Mossad, DEA, FBI, SEC, financial institutions, stock exchanges, and armed and security forces. The New World Order power structure contains pacts and agreements forged with major criminal organisations willing to respect and abide by unwritten guidelines and rules of engagement."

The Hierarchy of Global Power by Adrian Salbuchi from his article "The Coming World Government", http://www.newdawnmagazine.com

 

GLOBAL GEOPOLITICAL POWER ARCHITECTURE
Adrian Salbuchi "The Coming World Government"

Major Multinational Industrial Corporations
Fortune 500 of industry, services, retailing, oil, energy, mining, R&D, defence, aerospace, foodstuff, agricultural, chemical, construction, shipping, consulting

Private Financial Institutions
trans-national banks, financial consultants, risk-rating agencies, stock exchanges, fund managers, insurance and reinsurance companies, pensions and investment funds

Multilateral National and Supranational Entities
International Monetary Fund (IMF), World Bank, Inter-American Development Bank (IADB), Bank of International Settlements, all national central banks, notably the US Federal Reserve Bank and the European Central Bank, the United Nations

Universities and Academia
In political science, international and government relations, and economics - Harvard, MIT, Columbia, Princeton, Yale, Johns Hopkins, Chicago, Stanford, Georgetown, Oxford, Cambridge, London School of Economics

Multimedia Monopolies
New York Times, Washington Post, Newsweek, CNN-Time Warner, CBS, MSNBC, Fox, BBC, The Economist, Der Spiegel, Foreign Affairs, Reuters

Government
Key domestic and foreign policy, economic, financial and monetary posts

 

Benjamin Netanyahu-Israel

IS PATHOCRACY THE GLOBAL ORDER?
DO PSYCHOPATHS RUN THE WORLD?

"The question is not how to get good people to rule; the question is how to stop the powerful from doing as much damage as they can to us."

Karl Popper

 

"The reins of political and economic power are in the hands of people who have no conscience, who have no capacity for empathy; this opens up a completely new way of looking at what we call 'evil'."

Henry See in his book "The Trick of the Psychopath's Trade"

 

"The permanent possibility of war is the foundation for stable government; it supplies the basis for general acceptance of political authority. It has enabled societies to maintain necessary class distinctions, and it has ensured the subordination of the citizen to the state, by virtue of the residual war powers inherent in the concept of nationhood. No modern political ruling group has successfully controlled its constituency after failing to sustain the continuing credibility of an external threat of war."

from "Report from Iron Mountain"

 

"We are grateful to the Washington Post, the New York Times, Time magazine, and other great publications whose directors have attended our meetings and respected their promises of discretion for almost 40 years. It would have been impossible for us to develop our plan for the world if we had been subjected to the lights of publicity during those years. But the world is now more sophisticated and prepared to march towards a world government. The supra-national sovereignty of an intellectual elite and world bankers is surely preferable to the national auto-determination practiced in past centuries."

David Rockefeller - Council on Foreign Relations, June 1991

 

"People, governments and economies of all nations must serve the needs of multinational banks and corporations."

Zbigniew Brzezinski


"The political system that is in place is a pathological system that is at odds in a very profound way with the being or nature of most people. People of conscience are being ruled by people with no conscience. This fact is the primary injustice and is the basis for the other ills of society."

Henry See in his book "The Trick of the Psychopath's Trade"

 

"Today Americans would be outraged if UN troops entered Los Angeles to restore order; tomorrow they will be grateful. This is especially true if they were told there was an outside threat from beyond, whether real or promulgated, that threatened our very existence. It is then that all peoples of the world will plead with world leaders to deliver them from this evil. The one thing every man fears is the unknown. When presented with this scenario, individual rights will be willingly relinquished for the guarantee of their well being granted to them by their world government."

Henry Kissinger speaking at the annual Bilderberger meeting, May 21, 1992

 

"Get on with the business of killing our enemies as quickly as we can, and as ruthlessly as we must."

Senator John McCain, about the Taliban in Afghanistan

 

"Some of the character traits exhibited by serial killers or criminals may be observed in many within the political arena. They share the traits of psychopaths who are not sensitive to altruistic appeals, such as sympathy for their victims or remorse or guilt over their crimes. They possess the personality traits of lying, narcissism, selfishness, and vanity. These are the people to whom we have entrusted our fate. Is it any wonder that America is failing at home and world-wide?"

Jim Kouri

 

"Our leaders are cruel because only those willing to be inordinately cruel and remorseless can hold positions of leadership in the foreign policy establishment. People capable of expressing a full human measure of compassion and empathy toward faraway powerless strangers do not become president of the United States, or vice president, or secretary of state, or national security adviser."

William Blum

 

"No stages. This is total war. We are fighting a variety of enemies. There are lots of them out there. All this talk about first we are going to do Afghanistan, then we will do Iraq, then we take a look around and see how things stand. This is entirely the wrong way to go about it... If we just let our vision of the world go forth, and we embrace it entirely, and we don't try to piece together clever diplomacy, but just wage a total war."

Richard Perle

 

"Just as it is sometimes necessary temporarily to resort to evil actions to achieve worthy objectives, so a period of dictatorship is sometimes the only hope for freedom.
... Paradoxically, preserving liberty may require the rule of a single leader - a dictator - willing to use those dreaded 'extraordinary measures', which few know how, or are willing, to employ."

Michael Ledeen

 

"Without war, no government bas ever been able to obtain acquiescence in its 'legitimacy' or right to rule its society. The possibility of war provides the sense of external necessity without which no government can long remain in power."

from "Report from Iron Mountain"

 

"Look at the United States. The two parties are mirror images of each other. To preserve the image of democracy, both are needed, both serve the same masters. But there are no leaders in the US who are standing up and speaking about the genocide of the Palestinians. The deaths of hundreds of thousands of Iraqis are passed over in silence. There is no room for conscience in the US government."

Henry See in his book "The Trick of the Psychopath's Trade"

 

" I think this a very hard choice, but the price - we think the price is worth it."

Secretary of State Madeleine Albright - about US sanctions killing more than 500,000 Iraqi children

 

"American leaders are perhaps not so much immoral as they are amoral. It's not that they take pleasure in causing so much death and suffering. It's that they just don't care. The same that could be said about a sociopath. As long as the death and suffering advance the agenda of the empire, as long as the right people and the right corporations gain wealth and power and privilege and prestige, as long as the death and suffering aren't happening to them or people close to them, then they just don't care about it happening to other people, including the American soldiers whom they throw into wars and who come home - the ones who make it back alive - with Agent Orange or Gulf War Syndrome eating away at their bodies. American leaders would not be in the positions they hold if they were bothered by such things."

William Blum

 

"I ask you, what is the difference between 30 million people dead and 130 million people dead? ... With 30 million dead, the United States can survive."

Edward Teller, nuclear physicist and 'father' of the H-Bomb,
describing how the "Star Wars"space-based weapons system might allow the United States to fight and "survive" a nuclear war

 

"John McCain fits perfectly as an authoritarian leader, possessing most, if not all, of these traits:
dominating, opposes equality, desirous of personal power, amoral, intimidating and bullying, faintly hedonistic, vengeful, pitiless, exploitive, manipulative, dishonest, cheats to win, highly prejudiced (racist, sexist, homophobic), mean-spirited, militant, nationalistic."

John Dean

 

"The truth is the only thing worth working towards. What separates us from the psychopath is our conscience, and our conscience must become the voice of truth. True conscience raises us above the example of animal behaviour set by the pathocrats."

Henry See in his book "The Trick of the Psychopath's Trade"

 

WHY DO THEY HATE US?
IS IT BECAUSE OF OUR FREEDOMS, OR IS IT BECAUSE WE HAVE WE DONE BAD THINGS TO THEM?

"The greatest purveyor of violence on earth is my own government."

Martin Luther King, Jr.

 

"The Plan is for the United States to rule the world. The overt theme is unilateralism, but it is ultimately a story of domination. It calls for the United States to maintain its overwhelming superiority and prevent new rivals from rising up to challenge it on the world stage. It calls for dominion over friends and enemies alike. It says not that the United States must be more powerful, or most powerful, but that it must be absolutely powerful."

Vice-President Dick Cheney - lecture at West Point, June 2002

 

"The US has long known, and its own studies have emphatically concluded, that "terrorism" is motivated not by a "hatred of our freedoms" but by US policy and aggression in the Muslim world. This causal connection is not news to the US government. Despite this - or, more accurately, because of it - they continue with these policies."

www.globalresearch.ca

 

"After the start of the Iraq war, rates of cancer, leukemia and birth defects rose dramatically in Najaf. The areas affected by American attacks saw the biggest increases. We believe it's because of the' illegal' weapons like depleted uranium that were used by the Americans. When you visit the hospital here you see that cancer is more common than the flu."

Iraqi physician Dr. Sundus Nsaif

 

"For the world as a whole, the CIA has now become the bogey that communism has been for America. Wherever there is trouble, violence, suffering, tragedy, the rest of us are now quick to suspect the CIA had a hand in it. Our phobia about the CIA is, no doubt, as fantastically excessive as America's phobia about world communism; but in this case, too, there is just enough convincing guidance to make the phobia genuine. In fact, the roles of America and Russia have been reversed in the world's eyes. Today America has become the nightmare."

Arnold Toynbee, the British historian, quoted in the New York Times of May 7, 1971

 

"Somehow we find it hard to sell our values, namely that the rich should plunder the poor."

Secretary of State John Foster Dulles

 

"The real policy is to break up countries in the Middle East, and leave them in turmoil with warring factions like Libya and Syria today. And, the same in Iraq.
What Washington learned was that to defeat and occupy these countries is impossible. But, we can leave them at each others throats. And, we do that by destroying the secular government.
Iraq had a secular government, Syria has a secular government, So we go in there and destroy the secular government, and all of the sects fight and destroy one another from then on. Then these countries are no longer able to keep us from dominating the area."

Paul Craig Roberts

 

"Over the last decades the US initiated two-thirds of all military conflicts worldwide. Call to memory, how it all turned out in Yugoslavia, Iraq, Afghanistan and Syria.
Using social and economic difficulties, various ethnical and religious conflicts and under the pretext of spreading democracy, Western political spin masters add populist slogans to the fire of public discontent, provoking mass disturbances. As a result, a lawful government is taken down, chaos, abuse of power and lawlessness spread, people die, and in some cases a regime favorable to the West is brought into power. Of course, terrorists feel comfortable in such conditions."

Russia's Deputy Defense Minister Anatoly Antonov

 

"How much proof do they want? There is every relation between congenital malformation and depleted uranium. Before 1991, we saw nothing like this at all. If there is no connection, why have these things not happened before? Most of these children have no family history of cancer. I have studied what happened in Hiroshima. It is almost exactly the same here; we have an increased percentage of congenital malformation, an increase of malignancy, leukaemia, brain tumours: the same."

Dr Ginan Hassen, pediatrician in Basra, Iraq, after the first Gulf War

 

"Every ten years or so, the United States needs to pick up some crappy little country and throw it against the wall, just to show the world we mean business."

neoconservative Michael Ledeen

 

"America's history since the demise of the Soviet Union is one of truly breathtaking lies: on Panama, Afghanistan, Iraq, Syria, Venezuela, Libya and North Korea. Its record of overthrown governments, black-op and false flag operations, and the garrisoning of the planet with some thousand military bases, is conveniently left out of consideration."

Karel Van Wolferen

 

"While securing corporate control over extensive oil reserves and pipeline routes along the Eurasian corridor on behalf of the AngloAmerican oil giants, Washington's ultimate objective is to eventually destabilize and then colonize both China and Russia."

Michel Chossudovsky, 2005

 

"What's the point of having this superb military that you're always talking about if we can't use it?"

Madeline Albright, Secretary of State under Bill Clinton

 

"The US can detain, kidnap and imprison without trial or indictment any US citizen or other citizen anywhere by designating them enemies to the US. This arbitrary power has most infamously instituted US presidential right to kill individuals and those around them at will by robot killer drones ­ all crimes against humanity and war crimes under international law, but taboo to report in the mass media or question in international security meetings themselves."

John McMurtry

 

"The good Lord did not see fit simply to put oil under those countries friendly to the United States."

Vice-President Dick Cheney

 

"The United States has employed biological weapons for 200 years, from smallpox in the blankets of Native Americans to spreading plagues in Cuba; from chemical weapons like mustard gas to cripple and kill in World War I to Agent Orange to defoliate Vietnam-and to create a generation of deformed children. It is the only nation that has dropped nuclear bombs and one that now makes, uses, and sells depleted uranium weapons."

Ellen Ray and William H. Schaap, 1999

 

"I think this a very hard choice, but the price - we think the price is worth it."

Secretary of State Madeleine Albright - about US sanctions killing more than 500,000 Iraqi children

 

"I will never apologize for the United States of America - I don't care what the facts are."

President George H W Bush

 

"The long record of the US state and its oligarch allies destroying societies across the world is unspeakable in the mass media because they themselves are financed and advertised in by the same transnational corporations that demand the resources and territories of societies everywhere."

John McMurtry

 

"The State Department, along with the rest of the Administration, will be a strong voice for international legal norms, for living up to our treaty obligations, to recognizing that America's moral authority in international politics also rests on our ability to defend international laws and international treaties."

Condoleezza Rice, Secretary of State in the George W. Bush Administration

 

"No stages. This is total war. We are fighting a variety of enemies. There are lots of them out there. All this talk about first we are going to do Afghanistan, then we will do Iraq, then we take a look around and see how things stand. This is entirely the wrong way to go about it... If we just let our vision of the world go forth, and we embrace it entirely, and we don't try to piece together clever diplomacy, but just wage a total war."

Richard Perle

 

"Do American leaders really believe the utterances that emanate from their mouths? When the words "god" and "prayer" are regularly invoked in their talks, while American Hellfire missiles are sent screaming into a city center or a village marketplace teeming with life ...when they carry on endlessly about democracy and freedom, while American soldiers are smashing down doors, dragging off the men, humiliating the women, traumatizing the children... when they proclaim the liberation of a people and the bringing forth of a better life, while vast quantities of American depleted uranium are exploding into a fine vapor which will poison the air, the soil, the blood, and the genes forever."

William Blum

 

"Just as it is sometimes necessary temporarily to resort to evil actions to achieve worthy objectives, so a period of dictatorship is sometimes the only hope for freedom.
... Paradoxically, preserving liberty may require the rule of a single leader - a dictator - willing to use those dreaded 'extraordinary measures', which few know how, or are willing, to employ."

Michael Ledeen

 

"Control the food, and you control the people."

Henry Kissinger

 

"If we have to use force, it is because we are America. We are the indispensable nation. We stand tall. We see farther into the future."

Secretary of State Madeleine Albright

 

"The US reign of terror is achieved not only by war crimes and crimes against humanity, but economic ruin for any society resisting transnational trade treaties and demands which recognize only foreign corporate rights to profit."

John McMurtry

 

Tony Blair

ARE OUR LEADERS MODERN-DAY BARBARIANS?

"American leaders are perhaps not so much immoral as they are amoral. It's not that they take pleasure in causing so much death and suffering. It's that they just don't care. The same that could be said about a sociopath. As long as the death and suffering advance the agenda of the empire, as long as the right people and the right corporations gain wealth and power and privilege and prestige, as long as the death and suffering aren't happening to them or people close to them, then they just don't care about it happening to other people, including the American soldiers. American leaders would not be in the positions they hold if they were bothered by such things."

William Blum

 

"They have pillaged the world. When the land has nothing left for men who ravage everything, they scour the sea. If an enemy is rich, they are greedy; if he is poor, they crave glory. Neither East nor West can sate their appetite. They are the only people on earth to covet wealth and poverty with equal craving. They plunder, they butcher, they ravish, and call it by the lying name of 'empire'. They make a desert and call it 'peace'."

Publius Cornelius Tacitus - a historian of the Roman Empire

 

"The barbarians are not waiting beyond the frontiers; they have already been governing America for quite some time."

Morris Berman

 

"The use of this barbarous weapon at Hiroshima and Nagasaki was of no material assistance in our war against Japan. The Japanese were already defeated and ready to surrender because of the effective sea blockade and the successful bombing with conventional weapons.
... In being the first to use atomic weapons, we had adopted an ethical standard common to the barbarians of the Dark Ages."

Admiral William D. Leahy, Chief of Staff to Presidents Franklin Roosevelt and Harry Truman

 

"What further bloodshed in Iraq do these barbarians of the 20th century need? I thought the Americans had changed since Vietnam, but no, they never change. They remain true to themselves."

Victor Filatov, a Russian journalist reporting for Sovetskaya Rossiya from post-war Baghdad

 

"Coming to grips with U.S./CIA activities in broad numbers and figuring out how many people have been killed in the jungles of Laos or the hills of Nicaragua is very difficult. But, adding them up as best we can, we come up with a figure of six million people killed - and this is a minimum figure. Included are: one million killed in the Korean War, two million killed in the Vietnam War, 800,000 killed in Indonesia, one million in Cambodia, 20,000 killed in Angola ... and 22,000 killed in Nicaragua. These people would not have died if U.S. tax dollars had not been spent by the CIA to inflame tensions, finance covert political and military activities and destabilize societies."

John Stockwell, former CIA official

 

"The crimes of the U.S. throughout the world have been systematic, constant, clinical, remorseless, and fully documented but nobody talks about them. "

Harold Pinter

 

"Americans have been taught that their nation is civilized and humane. But, too often, U.S. actions have been uncivilized and inhumane."

Howard Zinn

 

"Has the government of the United States of America become a criminal enterprise? Is the nation ruled by psychopaths? How can the impoverishment of the people, the promotion of the military-industrial complex and endless wars and their genocidal killing, the degradation of the environment, the neglect of the collapsing infrastructure, and the support of corrupt and authoritarian governments abroad be explained?"

John Kozy

 

"The Joint Chiefs of Staff drew up and approved plans for launching a secret and bloody war of terrorism against their own country in order to trick the American public into supporting an ill-conceived war they intended to launch against Cuba.
Code named Operation Northwoods, the plan, which had the written approval of the Chairman General Lyman Lemnitzer and every member of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, called for innocent people to be shot on American streets; for boats carrying refugees fleeing Cuba to be sunk on the high seas; for a wave of violent terrorism to be launched in Washington, D.C., Miami, and elsewhere. People would be framed for bombings they did not commit; planes would be hijacked. Using phony evidence, all of it would be blamed on Castro, thus giving Lemnitzer and his cabal the excuse, as well as the public and international backing, they needed to launch their war."
[Operation Northwoods was rejected by President Kennedy.]

James Bamford in his book "Body of Secrets"

 

"Somehow we find it hard to sell our values, namely that the rich should plunder the poor."

Secretary of State John Foster Dulles (Eisenhower Administration)

 

"The war on terror as seen by Washington and a complaisant US media is the ultimate money and power machine, requiring a huge military and intelligence commitment that is endless and not confined to any part of the world. As terror has no capital city or national identity the war against it cannot end through capture and surrender. As it is a secret war, it can be waged using unconventional methods, without regard for the deaths of civilians who are seen as 'sheltering' the terrorists, guaranteeing that the blood of the innocent will produce new generations raised hating America. The bleeding will continue forever and everywhere as long as there are terrorists, justifying government intrusion into the lives of the citizens at home and huge and unsustainable budgets to wage the war worldwide. It is George Orwell's dark vision of '1984' turned into reality. Tyranny and bankruptcy will be the war on terror's legacy."

Philip Giraldi

 

"The Gates Foundation has been working with the US government and agribusiness giants like Monsanto to corporatize Africa's genetic riches for the benefit of outsiders."

Phil Bereano

 

"The world will note that the first atomic bomb was dropped on Hiroshima, a military base. That was because we wished in this first attack to avoid, insofar as possible, the killing of civilians.
[HIroshima was a Japanese city with a population of 400,000. The atomic bomb killed more than 150,000 civilians.]

President Harry Truman, August 9, 1945

 

"If it takes a bloodbath, let's get it over with."

California Governor Ronald Reagan - about dealing with Vietnam war protesters

 

"We must keep the people busy with political antagonisms... By dividing the electorate ... we'll be able to have them spend their energies at struggling amongst themselves on questions that, for us, have no importance whatsoever.
... Let us make use of the courts... When through the law's intervention, the common people shall have lost their homes, they will be more easy to control and more easy to govern, and they shall not be able to resist the strong hand of the Government acting in accordance with ... the control of the leaders of finance."

United States Bankers magazine, 1892

 

"Dictatorships that have pro-American policies are OK if they are our S.O.B.'s."

Dwight Eisenhower, National Security Council meeting, 1954

 

"A reasonable assessment of the events in the United States over the past 50 years or so gives ample evidence of the application of the ideas in the "Protocols of the Elders of Zion" in order to bring about the current Neoconservative administration [Bush/Cheney]. Anyone who wishes to understand what has happened in the U.S. needs to read the "Protocols" to understand that some group of deviant individuals took them to heart. The document, "Project For A New American Century" produced by the Neoconservatives reads as if it had been inspired by the same schizoidal worldview."

Andrew M. Lobaczewski in his book "Political Ponerology"

 

"From 1945 to 2003, the United States attempted to overthrow more than 40 foreign governments, and to crush more than 30 populist-nationalist movements fighting against intolerable regimes. In the process, the US bombed some 25 countries, caused the end of life for several million people, and condemned many millions more to a life of agony and despair."

William Blum

 

"We're not inflicting pain on these fuckers. When people kill us, they should be killed in greater numbers. I believe in killing people who try to hurt you. And I can't believe we're being pushed around by these two-bit pricks."

Bill Clinton in 1993, about Somalia - to George Stephanopoulos

 

"The cold war provided the perfect excuse for Western governments to plunder and exploit the Third World in the name of freedom; to rig its elections, bribe its politicians, appoint its tyrants and, by every sophisticated means of persuasion and interference, stunt the emergence of young democracies in the name of democracy."

John le Carre'

 

"Throughout the world, on any given day, a man, woman or child is likely to be displaced, tortured, killed or "disappeared", at the hands of governments or armed political groups. More often than not, the United States shares the blame."

Amnesty International

 

"Tell me, do the evil men of this world have a bad time? They hunt and catch whatever they feel like eating. They don't suffer from indigestion and are not punished by Heaven. I want Israel to join that club. Maybe the world will then at last begin to fear us instead of feeling sorry. Maybe they will start to tremble, to fear our madness instead of admiring our nobility. Let them tremble; let them call us a mad state. Let them understand that we are a savage country, dangerous to our surroundings, not normal, that we might go wild, that we might start World War Three just like that, or that we might one day go crazy and burn all the oil fields in the Middle East. Even if you'll prove to me that the present war is a dirty immoral war, I don't care. We shall start another war, kill and destroy more and more. And do you know why it is all worth it? Because it seems that this war has made us more unpopular among the civilized world. We'll hear no more of that nonsense about the unique Jewish morality. No more talk about a unique people being a light upon the nations. No more uniqueness and no more sweetness and light. Good riddance."

Israeli Prime Minister Ariel Sharon

 

"I think this a very hard choice, but we think the price is worth it."

Secretary of State Madeleine Albright's reply, when asked about US sanctions on Iraq in the 1990s that killed more than 500,000 Iraqi children

 

"I can hire one half of the working class to kill the other half."

Jay Gould

 

"No stages. This is total war. We are fighting a variety of enemies. There are lots of them out there. All this talk about first we are going to do Afghanistan, then we will do Iraq, then we take a look around and see how things stand. This is entirely the wrong way to go about it... If we just let our vision of the world go forth, and we embrace it entirely, and we don't try to piece together clever diplomacy, but just wage a total war."

Richard Perle

 

"Capital must protect itself in every way. Debts must be collected and loans and mortgages foreclosed as soon as possible. When through a process of law the common people have lost their homes, they will be more tractable and more easily governed by the strong arm of the law applied by the central power of leading financiers. People without homes will not quarrel with their leaders. This is well known among our principal men now engaged in forming an imperialism of capitalism to govern the world. By dividing the people we can get them to expend their energies in fighting over questions of no importance to us except as teachers of the common herd."

Civil Servants' Year Book: "The Organizer", 1934

 

"Wars should be directed so that the nations on both sides should be further in our debt."

Amschel Mayer Rothschild, 1774

 

"Structural adjustment imposed by the World Bank and IMF have brought disaster to the working poor of as many as 100 countries, forced to open their markets to a flood of cheap imports while the rich refuse to abandon their subsidies, quotas and high tariffs. The result is brutal suppression of wages and living standards and elimination of social programs."

Noam Chomsky

 

"Israeli psychopaths can steal Palestine, murder Palestinians, and justify it with the Bible, and feel good about it. Of course, they know they are lying. And they know that they will be morally condemned and attacked by the majority of human beings, if they do not conceal their drive for what they want behind a mask of some high sounding justification."

Laura Knight-Jadczyk

 

"For many Americans, the idea that we are living in a country whose own leaders planned and carried out the attacks of 9/11 is simply too horrible to entertain. Unfortunately, however, there is strong evidence in support of this view."

9/11 and American Empire : Intellectuals Speak Out
edited by David Ray Griffin and Peter Dale Scott

 

"Zionism was willing to sacrifice the whole of European Jewry for a Zionist State. Everything was done to create a state of Israel and that was only possible through a world war. Wall Street and large Jewish bankers aided the war effort on both sides."

Joseph Burg, The Toronto Star, 1988

 

"From Colombia to Miami, from the Golden Triangle to the Golden Gate, from Hong Kong to New York, from Bogota to Frankfurt, the drug trade, and more especially the heroin trade, is big business and it is run from the top down by some of the most "untouchable" families in the world... It is not a street corner business, and it takes a great deal of money and expertise to keep it flowing smoothly.
... It is, in fact, the largest single enterprise in the world today, transcending all others. That it is protected from the top down is borne out by the fact that, like international terrorism, it cannot be stamped out which should indicate to a reasonable person that some of this biggest names in royal circles, the oligarchy, the plutocracy are running it, even if it is done through intermediaries."

John Coleman

 

"In the US's so-called War on Terror, by far the greatest and most systematic terrorization of civilians is in fact perpetrated by the US state itself. Unarmed citizens are murdered across the world as 'collateral damage', 'illegal enemy combatants' or other license of impunity. The US state conceives itself as above international law along with ally Israel, but this reality is taboo to report and so too all the killing and terrorization of civilians. The historical record demonstrates THAT the US is provably guilty of continual lawless mass murder of civilians across the world, but the truth is unthinkable within the ruling ideological regime."

John McMurtry

 

"The immense toll on Southeast Asia, including the estimated death of at least two million Vietnamese non-combatant civilians, and the long-term health and environmental impacts of herbicides such as Agent Orange, are still not fully recognized by the majority of the American people."

American physician Robert M. Gould

 

"The real policy is to break up countries in the Middle East, and leave them in turmoil with warring factions like Libya and Syria today. And, the same in Iraq.
What Washington learned was that to defeat and occupy these countries is impossible. But, we can leave them at each others throats. And, we do that by destroying the secular government.
Iraq had a secular government, Syria has a secular government, So we go in there and destroy the secular government, and all of the sects fight and destroy one another from then on. Then these countries are no longer able to keep us from dominating the area."

Paul Craig Roberts

 

"On September 1, 1894, we will not renew our loans under any consideration. On September 1st we will demand our money. We will foreclose and become mortgagees in possession. We can take two-thirds of the farms west of the Mississippi, and thousands of them east of the Mississippi as well, at our own price."

American Bankers Association, 1891

 

"Dick Cheney, Paul Wolfowitz, Stephen Hadley, Elliott Abrams, and Condoleezza Rice ran the 9/11 attacks.
It was called a stand down, a false flag operation in order to mobilize the American public under false pretenses. it was told to me by the general on the staff of Paul Wolfowitz.
I taught stand down and false flag operations at the national war college, so I knew exactly what was done to the American public."

Dr. Steve R. Pieczenik , Deputy Assistant Secretary of State under Nixon, Ford and Carter

U.S. foreign interventions since World War II

Iran (1953); Guatemala(1954); Thailand (1957); Laos (1958-60); the Congo (1960); Turkey (1960, 1971 & 1980); Ecuador (1961 & 1963); South Vietnam (1963); Brazil (1964); the Dominican Republic (1963); Argentina (1963); Honduras (1963 & 2009); Iraq (1963 & 2003); Bolivia (1964, 1971 & 1980); Indonesia (1965); Ghana (1966); Greece (1967); Panama (1968 & 1989); Cambodia (1970); Chile (1973); Bangladesh (1975); Pakistan (1977); Grenada (1983); Mauritania (1984); Guinea (1984); Burkina Faso (1987); Paraguay (1989); Haiti (1991 & 2004); Russia (1993); Uganda (1996).
The list does not include U.S. interventions in Iraq (2001 and 2003), Afghanistan (2003) , Libya (2011), Yemen (2012), Syria (2014), Ukraine (2014).
This list also does not include failed coups, nor coups in Africa and elsewhere in which a U.S. role is suspected but unproven.

William Blum in his book "Killing Hope"

 

"The global elite have consistently used a strategy of arming and funding both sides of armed conflicts. While opposing populations kill each other off, they make off with their natural resources. When they confront a government that cannot be bribed or provoked into civil or regional war, they fund brutal death squads, attempt military coups and intimidate them by giving weapons to undemocratic neighboring regimes. If all that doesn't work, they are declared a threat to national security and the US military, private contractors and NATO forces invade and occupy the country."

David Degraw

 

"Genocide certainly is a valid word in my view, when you have a situation where we see thousands of deaths per month in Iraq, a possible total of I million to 1.5 million over the last nine years. If that is not genocide, then I don't know quite what is."

Denis Halliday, former UN humanitarian coordinator

 

"We now live in a state of permanent war - a global arms industry, apparently the largest single international business, must have its products used up so more can be sold. There must be profits for the capitalists and jobs for the proles. Are we not still in Caligula's Rome?"

David Watson

 

"Thousands of dossiers have been produced describing in meticulous detail the death squads and torture and extrajudicial executions carried out by brutal regimes and pathological dictators around the world. When people with black or yellow or brown skin, with Islamic or Communist or nationalist credentials murder their prisoners or bomb their villagers, they are condemned - often quite selectively, to be sure - by the "civilized" world. And they should be condemned. But the American leaders who ordered the free fire zones in Vietnam and the Phoenix program, or directed the Contras against the Sandinistas, or were complicit in Saddam Hussein's gas warfare against the Kurds, or set up and operated Guantánamo, are not taken to court. They face no trials. On any human rights website you will find a growing number of prominent leaders indicted for war crimes and crimes against humanity. Few are American or Western European or Israeli."

James Peck

 

"The Depression [1929] was not accidental. It was a carefully contrived occurrence. The international bankers sought to bring about a condition of despair here [United States] so that they might emerge as rulers of us all."

Louis T. McFadden, Chairman of the U.S. House of Representatives' Banking and Currency Committee, 1932

 

"Ruling elites are deadly serious about seeing that any renovation of the international system is in their interest. They use a variety of carrot and stick tactics to maintain political and economic control - domestically and internationally. Control techniques will be more vicious or less, depending on a combination of factors involving the state of the economy and, more importantly, the state of popular opposition. The more threatening and persistent the moves to counter their plans and build alternative models, the more violent will be their tactics of repression."

Holly Sklar

 

"Within the highest circles of power and wealth, a lack of pity and remorse is practically a prerequisite to success, and only the psychopathic mentality can thrive."

Stefan H. Verstappen

 

"9/11 was an example of state-sponsored, false-flag, synthetic terrorism. The 9/11 events were organized and directed by a rogue network of high government and military officials of the United States, with a certain participation by the intelligence agencies of Britain and Israel, and with a more general backup from the intelligence agencies of the other Echelon states Australia, New Zealand, Canada."

Webster Griffin Tarpley

 

"Today Americans would be outraged if UN troops entered Los Angeles to restore order; tomorrow they will be grateful. This is especially true if they were told there was an outside threat from beyond, whether real or promulgated, that threatened our very existence. It is then that all peoples of the world will plead with world leaders to deliver them from this evil. The one thing every man fears is the unknown. When presented with this scenario, individual rights will be willingly relinquished for the guarantee of their well being granted to them by their world government."

Henry Kissinger speaking at the annual Bilderberger meeting, May 21, 1992

 

"Since 2003, Anglo-American power has secretly and openly coordinated direct and indirect support for Islamist terrorist groups linked to al-Qaeda across the Middle East and North Africa."

Nafeez Ahmed

 

"Condellezza Rice and Colin Powell are both dangerous people. What they did in Haiti [2004 U.S.-backed coup that ousted democratically elected President Jean-Bertrand Aristide] is a good measure of it. They destroyed a democracy. They squelched loans that had been approved by the Inter-American Development Bank. They did everything behind the scenes, including arming the thugs that came to overrun the country. They're frauds."

Randall Robinson

 

"The Plan is for the United States to rule the world. The overt theme is unilateralism, but it is ultimately a story of domination. It calls for the United States to maintain its overwhelming superiority and prevent new rivals from rising up to challenge it on the world stage. It calls for dominion over friends and enemies alike. It says not that the United States must be more powerful, or most powerful, but that it must be absolutely powerful."

Vice-President Dick Cheney - lecture at West Point, June 2002

 

"What's the point of having this superb military that you're always talking about if we can't use it?"

Secretary of State Madeline Albright

 

"I ask you, what is the difference between 30 million people dead and 130 million people dead? With 30 million dead, the United States can survive."

Edward Teller, nuclear physicist and 'father' of the H-Bomb, describing how the "Star Wars"space-based weapons system might allow the United States to fight and "survive" a nuclear war

 

"The mafia and the CIA are the same group at the upper levels. In Britain, the MI6 drug money is laundered through the Bank of England, Barclays Bank and other household name companies. The drug money is passed from account to account until its origins are lost in a huge web of transactions.
The drug money comes out 'cleaner' but not totally clean. Diamonds are then bought with this money from the corrupt diamond business families like the Oppenheimers.
These diamonds are then sold and the drug money is clean."

James Casbolt

 

"Get on with the business of killing our enemies as quickly as we can, and as ruthlessly as we must."

Senator John McCain

 

"Every ten years or so, the United States needs to pick up some crappy little country and throw it against the wall, just to show the world we mean business."

Michael Ledeen

 

"I've always thought that underpopulated countries in Africa are vastly underpolluted.
... I think the economic logic behind dumping a load of toxic waste in the lowest wage country is impeccable and we should face up to it."

Lawrence Summers

 

"The former Italian Prime Minister, an Italian judge, and the former head of Italian counterintelligence admit that NATO, with the help of the Pentagon and CIA, carried out terror bombings in Italy and other European countries in the 1950s and blamed the communists, in order to rally people's support for their governments in Europe in their fight against communism."

www.washingtonsblog.com

 

"The coups in Iran, Guatemala, South Vietnam, and Chile were not rogue operations. Presidents, cabinet secretaries, national security advisers, and CIA directors approved them. The thing all four of these coups have in common is that American leaders promoted them consciously, willfully, deliberately, and in strict accordance with the laws of the United States."

Stephen Kinzer

 

"The Americans who engineered countless military coups, death squads and massacres in Latin America never paid for their crimes - instead they got promoted and they're now running the 'War on Terror".

Naomi Klein

 

"The United States has attacked, directly or indirectly, some 44 countries throughout the world since August 1945, a number of them many times. The avowed objective of these military interventions has been to effect "regime change". The cloaks of "human rights" and of "democracy" were invariably evoked to justify what were unilateral and illegal acts."

Professor Eric Waddell

 

"US policy is to buy off, overthrow, or make war on leaders of other countries who represent their peoples' interests instead of American interests."

Paul Craig Roberts

 

"The "final solution" to the Communist problem in Indonesia was certainly one of the most barbaric acts of inhumanity in a century that has seen a great deal of it; it surely ranks as a war crime of the same type as those the Nazis perpetrated. No single American action in the period after 1945 was as bloodthirsty as its role in Indonesia, for it tried to initiate the massacre, and it did everything in its power to encourage General Suharto, to see that the physical liquidation of the PKI [Indonesian Communist Party] was carried through to its culmination.
Not a single one of its officials in Washington or Jakarta questioned the policy on either ethical or political grounds.
... A State Department estimate in 1965 placed the figure at roughly 300,000 killed... Other estimates range up to I million dead, and official Indonesian data released a decade later gave 450,000 to 500,000 as the number killed."

Gabriel Kolko

 

"The CIA had developed a program to assassinate the President of Zaire [later Democratic Republic of the Congo (DRC)] Patrice Lumumba. The operation, didn't work. It was to give poison to Lumumba. And they couldn't find a setting in which to get the poison to him successfully in a way that it wouldn't appear to be a CIA operation. Instead, the CIA chief of station in Zaire talked to Lumumba aide and Belgian security police informer Joseph Mobutu about the threat that Lumumba posed, and Mobutu had his men kill Lumumba."

former CIA agent John Stockwell

 

"After World War II, in the name of containing Communism, the United States, mostly through the actions of local allies, executed or encouraged coups in, among other places, Guatemala, Brazil, Chile, Uruguay, Argentina and patronized a brutal mercenary war in Nicaragua ... By the end of the Cold War, Latin American security forces trained, funded, equipped, and incited by Washington had executed a reign of bloody terror - hundreds of thousands killed, an equal number tortured, millions driven into exile-from which the region has yet to fully recover."

Greg Grandin

 

"The U.S. record of war crimes has been, from the nineteenth century to the present, a largely invisible one, with no government, no political leaders, no military officials, no lower-level operatives held accountable for criminal actions."

Carl Boggs

 

"What the United States has done to Cambodia is greater evil than we have done to any country in the world."

California Congressman Pete McClosky in the 1970s

 

"The actions of Al-Qaeda have only served to promote the interests of the U.S. and Israel, which are clearly interested in "reshaping" the Middle East in such a way that they can more easily rape and plunder the region at will. In fact, the CIA is using the terrorist actions of its proxy Al-Qaeda in order to give the U.S. an excuse to extend their power into and invade the Arab countries, first countries with rich plunder (oil) like Iraq, Iran, Saudi Arabia, and second any country which is a "threat" to Israel, or more exactly which Israel dislikes for whatever reason. The third objective for which the CIA is using its proxy Al-Qaeda is to engender fear and hate of Islam and Muslims worldwide. This corresponds to an old and tried ploy of colonizers: to slander and denigrate the target population so that it is acceptable and even called for to commit genocide against them."

John Kaminski

 

"If you were a US leader, or an official of the National Security State, or a beneficiary of the private military and surveillance industries, why would you possibly want the war on terror to end? That would be the worst thing that could happen. It's that war that generates limitless power, impenetrable secrecy, an unquestioning citizenry, and massive profit."

www.washingtonsblog.com

 

"The CIA had been running thousands of operations over the years... there have been about 3,000 major covert operations and over 10,000 minor operations... all designed to disrupt, destabilize, or modify the activities of other countries... But they are all illegal and they all disrupt the normal functioning, often the democratic functioning, of other societies. They raise serious questions about the moral responsibility of the United States in the international society of nations."

John Stockwell, former CIA official

 

"The long record of the US state and its oligarch allies destroying societies across the world is unspeakable in the mass media because they themselves are financed and advertised in by the same transnational corporations that demand the resources and territories of societies everywhere."

John McMurtry

 

"We are in the process of destroying an entire nation [Iraq]. It is as simple and terrifying as that. It is illegal and immoral."

Denis Halliday, former UN humanitarian coordinator

 

"United States military forces have killed more innocent foreign civilians than the forces of any other country since the end of World War II, an uncomfortable truth for a nation whose people overwhelmingly consider themselves liberators, even as their government has supported countless brutal dictatorships around the world and overthrown democratically elected governments viewed as undesirable by Washington and elite American interests."

Brett Wilkins

 

"We have used a horrible weapon [Hiroshima atomic bomb] to asphyxiate and cremate more than 100,000 men, women and children in a sort of super-lethal gas chamber - and all this in a war already won or which spokesman for our Air Forces tell us we could have readily won without the atomic bomb."

David Lawrence, founder and editor of U.S. News And World Report

 

"We have about 50% of the world's wealth but only 6.3 of its population... We cannot fail to be the object of envy and resentment. Our real task in the coming period is to devise a pattern of relationships, which will permit us to maintain this position of disparity without positive detriment to our national security. To do so we will have to dispense with all sentimentality and daydreaming; and our attention will have to be concentrated everywhere on our immediate national objectives. We need not deceive ourselves that we can afford today the luxury of altruism and world benefaction... We should cease to talk about vague unreal objectives such as human rights, the raising of the living standards, and democratization. The day is not far off when we are going to have to deal in straight power concepts. The less we are hampered by idealistic slogans, the better."

George Kennan, secret State Department memo, February 1948

 

"The greatest threat to our world and its peace comes from those who want war, who prepare for it, and who, by holding out vague promises of future peace or by instilling fear of foreign aggression, try to make us accomplices to their plans."

Hermann Hesse

 

"When plunder becomes a way of life for a group of men living together in society, they create for themselves in the course of time a legal system that authorizes it and a moral code that glorifies it."

Frédéric Bastiat

 

DID GEORGE ORWELL'S NOVEL "1984" PREDICT OUR FUTURE?
SURVEILLANCE / PERPETUAL WAR / ELITE RULE / DESPOTIC GOVERNMENT

"Do you begin to see, then, what kind of world we are creating?... A world of fear and treachery and torment, a world of trampling and being trampled upon, a world which will grow not less but more merciless as it refines itself."

George Orwell, in his novel "1984"

 

"The Party seeks power entirely for its own sake, We are not interested in the good of others; we are interested solely in power. Not wealth or luxury or long life or happiness: only power, pure power... We are different from all the oligarchies of the past, in that we know what we are doing. All the others, even those who resembled ourselves, were cowards and hypocrites. The German Nazis and the Russian Communists came very close to us in their methods, but they never had the courage to recognize their own motives. They pretended, perhaps they even believed, that they had seized power unwillingly and for a limited time, and that just round the corner there lay a paradise where human beings would be free and equal. We are not like that. We know that no one ever seizes power with the intention of relinquishing it. Power is not a means; it is an end. One does not establish a dictatorship in order to safeguard a revolution; one makes the revolution in order to establish the dictatorship. The object of persecution is persecution. The object of torture is torture. The object of power is power."

from George Orwell's 1949 novel "1984"

 

"If you want a picture of the future, imagine a boot stamping on a human face - forever."

George Orwell in his novel "1984"

 

"How does continuous war act to keep the Lows "stupefied by poverty" and thereby assure the maintenance of the social structure? The goal of the wars is to enable the economy to be kept going for the benefit of the High, its military, and its bureaucracy and control personnel (the Thought Police, etc.), but at the same time to assure that any excess production capacity is prevented from producing consumer goods for the lower classes. That excess capacity is instead directed to producing excess military goods which will ' ultimately rust away or be destroyed in warfare; that is, the excess capacity is deliberately wasted in order to turn it away from the production of goods which would result in added leisure or well-being for the lower classes. Those classes are instead continually forced into group activities expressing hatred toward the current enemy (any enemy) and dependency upon and love toward their benevolent rulers for protecting them from that enemy. They are thereby led to accept the consumer shortages, the poverty, and the other privations to which they are subjected. Their economic status is kept at the subsistence level, forcing their priorities to be focused on simply acquiring basic food, clothing, and shelter. They are thus denied either the time or the inclination to question the fairness or permanence of their societal condition, or to otherwise evolve into a threat to the established hierarchy."

George Orwell in his novel "1984"

 

"During the consolidation of power [of a state], sources of public information [are] suppressed, guaranteeing the future uniformity of public opinion on all matters of significance [to the new ruling elite]."

George Orwell in his novel "1984"

 

"If leisure and security were enjoyed by all alike, the great mass of human beings who are normally stupefied by poverty would become literate and would learn to think for themselves; and when once they had done this, they would sooner or later realize that the privileged minority had no function, and they would sweep it away. In the long run, a hierarchical society was only possible on the basis of poverty and ignorance."

George Orwell in his novel "1984"

 

"A ruling group is a ruling group so long as it can nominate its successors. The Party is not concerned with perpetuating its blood but with perpetuating itself. Who wields power is not important, provided that the hierarchical structure remains always the same."

George Orwell in his novel "1984"

 

"The real power, the power we have to fight for night and day, is not power over things, but over men ... [And] how does one man assert his power over another?" He answers his own question: "By making him suffer. Obedience is not enough. Unless he is suffering, how can you be sure that he is obeying your will and not his own? Power is in inflicting pain and humiliation. Power is in tearing human minds to pieces and putting them together again in new shapes of your own choosing. In our world there will be no emotions except fear, rage, triumph, and self-abasement. Everything else we shall destroy - everything."

George Orwell in his novel "1984"

 

"The two aims of the Party are to conquer the whole surface of the earth and to extinguish once and for all the possibility of independent thought.
The capitalists owned everything in the world, and everyone else was their slave. They owned all the land, all the houses, all the factories, and all the money. If anyone disobeyed them they could throw him into prison, or they could take his job away and starve him to death."

George Orwell in his novel "1984"

 

"[In '1984' George] Orwell warned of a world where books were banned. {In 'Brave New World' Aldous] Huxley warned of a world where no one wanted to read books. Orwell warned of a state of permanent war and fear. Huxley warned of a culture diverted by mindless pleasure. Orwell warned of a state where every conversation and thought was monitored and dissent was brutally punished. Huxley warned of a state where a population, preoccupied by trivia and gossip, no longer cared about truth or information. Orwell saw us frightened into submission. Huxley saw us seduced into submission. But Huxley, we are discovering, was merely the prelude to Orwell. Huxley understood the process by which we would be complicit in our own enslavement. Orwell understood the enslavement. Now that the corporate coup is over, we stand naked and defenseless."

Chris Hedges

 

"Today, the power of government to control, far exceeds what Big Brother had in Orwell's imagination."

Paul Craig Roberts

 

"When George Orwell wrote "1984" (in 1948), he probably never thought that the "totalitarian, bureaucratic world" that he imagined would ever actually become a reality. But that is precisely what is happening. We live at a time when the United States' government monitors billions of our phone calls and emails and hardly anyone gets upset about it. We live at a time when corporations systematically collect our voice-prints and our televisions watch us. We live at a time when reporters that try to dig into the misdeeds of the government have their computers hacked, and when nearly one out of every three Americans has a file in the FBI's master criminal database. The control freaks that run our society are absolutely obsessed with watching, tracking, recording and monitoring virtually everything that we do. We truly are becoming a "1984" society."

Michael Snyder

 

"The shadow of Orwell's nightmarish vision of a totalitarian society with its all-embracing reach of surveillance and repression now works its way through American politics like a lethal virus. Orwell's dystopia has come to fruition, reshaping the American body politic.
For Orwell, the state was organized through traditional forms of authoritarian political power. What Orwell could not have imagined was the reconfiguration of the state under a form of corporate sovereignty in which corporations, the financial elite, and the ultra-rich completely controlled the state and its modes of governance. Hyper-capitalism was no longer merely protected by the state, it has become the state.
... George Orwell's dark fantasy of a fascist future continues without massive opposition. Domestic terrorism now functions to punish young people whenever they exercise the right of dissent, protesting peacefully, or just being targeted because they are minorities of class and color and considered a threat and in some cases disposable."

Henry Giroux

 

"It's worse than George Orwell could have imagined in his book "1984" because fechnological advancements between his time and ours.
The power of government today to control far exceeds what Big Brother had in Orwell's imagination.
Homeland Security has announced that it is no longer focused on terrorists, but on domestic extremists - and that's war protesters, radical enviromentalists and people that disagree with the government."

Paul Craig Roberts

 

PREPARE FOR A
PLUTOCRAT-CONTROLLED NEOLIBERAL ECONOMIC ORDER
AND GLOBAL AUTHORITARIANISM

Things are moving rapidly. Inequality in America is extreme. Authoritarianism is increasing. Before we realize it, America's democratic experiment will have ended in failure, and possibly chaos. Societies with extreme inequality have always come to ignoble ends. The question is whether America will end with a whimper, or with a bang.


American hubris has resulted in global economic chaos and strategic confrontation. We are no longer the only superpower. Both Russia and China, once great empires, want a second chance at global prosperity and respect. As the U.S. is forced by circumstances to abandon its role as the sole global policeman and economic powerhouse, others are ready to take its place. But, dying empires are known to flail about and fight viciously to preserve their former hegemony. And, it looks like the United States will not go quietly into the night.


U. S. power was at its peak following World War II. America ruled the globe economically and militarily. It's influence was ubiquitous and its soft power seemingly unlimited. But, arrogance and greed have turned the United States into a pariah. We are feared for our power, but no longer respected for our institutions. Inequality, injustice, corruption, and our projection of violence, have turned much of the world against us.


Throughout the 20th century and into the 21st century, the United States rhetorically lauded the benefits of democracy, while undermining democratically-elected governments everywhere. U.S.-sponsored coups and "color revolutions" dressed-up as spontaneous popular uprisings, have shown that democratic governments are not well-suited to withstand 21st century 'realpolitik'.


Developing countries, which once looked to the United States as a model for political and economic development, are re-evaluating whether democracy is their best political choice. As the economic and political might of Russia and China grow, so does their influence.

And, as the United States repeatedly demonstrates how easily it can manipulate elections and exploit popular unrest, while hypocritically preaching about democracy, developing countries may conclude that authoritarian government may be their best survival option.
The result: democracy will be left in the dustbin of history.


On the economic front, a new feudalism is emerging. As work is made contingent and part-time, employee benefits are cut, operations are moved offshore, unemployment increases, well-paying manufacturing jobs become minimum-wage service jobs, family debt grows, inequality increases and opportunities disappear, the United States is beginning to look more like a mal-developed country in the global South, than an economic giant, while American workers, once the envy of the world, struggle to compete with workers in the third world.


21st century neoliberal capitalism is producing chaos, globally. Unabashed greed, absence of effective regulation of business activity, and the growth of global casino capitalism have caused untold damage. Austerity, privatization, extreme financial risk-taking, endemic fraud and market manipulation have combined to produce a perfect economic storm. Regulators have stopped regulating, plutocrats continue to accumulate wealth, and politicians grab what they can. Nobody trusts anybody, banks won't lend, unemployment is high and rising, personal debt is staggering, and hardship and immiseration are growing, while the .01% spends with abandon and economic inequality has achieved heights not seen since the Gilded Age of the late 19th century.


Business and political elites have shown a willingness to undermine and severely damage their own country's economy, in order to weaken a populist government that refuses to support neoliberal economic policies that enrich the wealthy. As the economy is covertly sabotaged, the population, unaware that the source of their misery is the business elite, blame the populist leaders, and remove them from office. The result is that neoliberal governments replace populist governments, anti-worker policies are adopted and accelerated, the elites grow richer, and the working class suffers even more.


In Asia, China's growing economic power is transforming global finance. The Chinese yuan may soon take its place as an international reserve currency, joining the dollar - or even replacing it. The global impact of the dollar's reserve currency displacement would be enormous.


Banks have started restricting cash withdrawals. It is now difficult to take out more than a few thousand dollars in cash from some banks. Soon it may be nearly impossible to withdraw cash from bank accounts.


Some countries are considering becoming cashless societies, where money will no longer be accepted and all monetary transactions will be digital. The result will be the end of financial privacy. Governments will then have total control over the economic lives of their citizens.


In the new "normal" financial environment, banks will prosper by taxing the deposits of savers (rather than paying interest on deposits) or by taking some of the savings of their customers (bail-ins) as needed to enhance their balance sheets.


As the economic noose tightens, political turmoil, popular unrest and even global conflict may result.


Kleptocratic elites in concert with corrupt political and business leaders, will not be the solution to the probem - they will be the problem.


Every person will have to fend for himself or herself, and for their loved ones, in a more chaotic, less fair, less democratic, more authoritarian world.


The time to prepare is now.

 

REPORT FROM IRON MOUNTAIN
A HOAX OR A PLAN FOR U.S. DOMESTIC CONTROL?

"In 1961 Kennedy Administration officials McGeorge Bundy, Robert McNamara and Dean Rusk, all Council on Foreign Relatons (CFR) and Bilderberger members, led a study group which looked into "the problem of peace". The group met at Iron Mountain, a huge underground corporate nuclear shelter near Hudson, New York. A copy of the group discussions, known as 'Report from Iron Mountain', was leaked by a participant and published in 1967."

Dean Henderson from his book 'Big Oil & Their Bankers In The Persian Gulf'

 

excerpts from

"Report from Iron Mountain: On the Possibility and Desirability of Peace."

 

"The 'world war industry' ... accounts for approximately a tenth of the output of the world's total economy. Although this figure is subject to fluctuation, the causes of which are themselves subject to regional variation, it tends to hold fairly steady. The United States, as the world's richest nation, not only accounts for the largest single share of this expense, currently upward of $60 billion a year [in 2013 it was between $600 billlion and 1 trillion a year], but also" ... has devoted a higher proportion of its gross national product to its military, establishment than any other major free world nation.

... Although war is "used" as an instrument of national and social policy, the fact that a society is organized for any degree of readiness for war supersedes its political and economic structure. War itself is the basic social system, within which other secondary modes of social organization conflict or conspire. It is the system which has governed most human societies of record, as it is today.

... The precedence of a society's war-making potential over its other characteristics is not the result of the 'threat' presumed to exist at any one time from other societies. This is the reverse of the basic situation; 'threats' against the 'national interest' are usually created or accelerated to meet the changing needs of the war system.

... Wars are not 'caused' by international conflicts of interest... War-making societies require - and thus bring about - such conflicts. The capacity of a nation to make war expresses the greatest social power it can exercise; war-making, active or contemplated, is a matter of life and death on the greatest scale subject to social control. It should therefore hardly be surprising that the military institutions in each society claim its highest priorities.

...The military function of the war system serves simply to defend or advance the 'national interest' by means of organized violence. It is often necessary for a national military establishment to create a need for its unique powers... And a healthy military apparatus requires regular 'exercise', by whatever rationale seems expedient, to prevent its atrophy.

... War cannot be considered wholly 'wasteful'. Without a long-established war economy, and without its frequent eruption into large-scale shooting war, most of the major industrial advances known to history, beginning with the development of iron, could never have taken place. Weapons technology structures the economy.

... Far from constituting a wasteful' drain on the economy, war spending, considered pragmatically, has been a consistently positive factor in the rise of gross national product and of individual productivity.

... No combination of techniques for controlling employment, production, and consumption has yet been tested that can remotely compare to war in effectiveness. It is, and has been, the essential economic stabilizer of modern societies.

... Since it is historically axiomatic that the existence of any form of weaponry insures its use, we have used the word 'peace' as virtually synonymous with disarmament. By the same token, 'war' is virtually synonymous with nationhood. The elimination of war implies the inevitable elimination of national sovereignty and the traditional nation-state.

... The war system not only has been essential to the existence of nations as independent political entities, but has been equally indispensable to their stable internal political structure. Without it, no government has ever been able to obtain acquiescence in its 'legitimacy', or right to rule its society. The possibility of war provides the sense of external necessity without which no government can long remain in power.

... The basic authority of a modern state over its people resides in its war powers... On a day-to-day basis, it is represented by the institution of police, armed organizations charged expressly with dealing with "internal enemies" in a military manner.

... In advanced modern democratic societies the war system has provided political leaders with ... political-economic function of increasing importance: it has served as the last great safeguard against the elimination of necessary social classes.

... The arbitrary nature of war expenditures and of other military activities make them ideally suited to control these essential class relationships. Obviously, if the war system were to be discarded, new political machinery would be needed at once to serve this vital subfunction. Until it is developed, the continuance of the war system must be assured, if for no other reason, among others, than to preserve whatever quality and degree of poverty a society requires as an incentive, as well as to maintain the stability of its internal organization of power.

... Allegiance [to one's nation] requires a cause; a cause requires an enemy.

... A viable substitute for war as a social system cannot be a mere symbolic charade... The existence of an accepted external menace ... is essential to social cohesiveness as well as to the acceptance of political authority. The menace must be believable, it must be of a magnitude consistent with the complexity of the society threatened, and it must appear, at least, to affect the entire society.

... The war system makes the stable government of societies possible. It does this essentially by providing an external necessity for a society to accept political rule. In so doing, it establishes the basis for nationhood and the authority of government to control its constituents... the end of war means the end of national sovereignty, and thus the end of nationhood as we know it today.

... A political substitute for war must be found, of credible quality and magnitude, if a transition to peace is ever to come about without social disintegration. It is more probable, in our judgment, that such a threat will have to be invented.

... A possible surrogate for the control of potential enemies of society is the reintroduction, in some form consistent with modern technology and political processes, of slavery. Up to now, this has been suggested only in fiction, notably in the works of Wells, Huxley, Orwell, and others engaged in the imaginative anticipation of the sociology of the future. But the fantasies projected in 'Brave New World' and '1984' have seemed less and less implausible over the years since their publication... It is entirely possible that the development of a sophisticated form of slavery may be an absolute prerequisite for social control in a world at peace. As a practical matter, conversion of the code of military discipline to a euphemized form of enslavement would entail surprisingly little revision; the logical first step would be the adoption of some form of "universal" military service.

... Games theorists have suggested ... the development of 'blood games' for the effective control of individual aggressive impulses... it was left not to scientists but to the makers of a commercial film to develop a model for this notion, on the implausible level of popular melodrama, as a ritualized manhunt.

... The universal requirement that procreation be limited to the products of artificial insemination would provide a fully adequate substitute control for population levels.

... Total control of conception with a variant of the ubiquitous 'pill' via water supplies or certain essential foodstuffs, offset by a controlled 'antidote', is already under development.

... As long as any society must contemplate even a remote possibility of war, it must maintain a maximum supportable population, even when so doing critically aggravates an economic liability.

... War is itself the principal basis of organization on which all modern societies are constructed. The common proximate cause of war is the apparent interference of one nation with the aspirations of another. But at the root of all ostensible differences of national interest lie the dynamic requirements of the war system itself for periodic armed conflict. Readiness for war characterizes contemporary social systems more broadly than their economic and political structures, which it subsumes.

... War has provided both ancient and modern societies with a dependable system for stabilizing and controlling national economies. No alternate method of control has yet been tested in a complex modern economy that has shown itself remotely comparable in scope or effectiveness.

... The permanent possibility of war is the foundation for stable government; it supplies the basis for general acceptance of political authority. It has enabled societies to maintain necessary class distinctions, and it has ensured the subordination of the citizen to the state, by virtue of the residual war powers inherent in the concept of nationhood. No modern political ruling group has successfully controlled its constituency after failing to sustain the continuing credibility of an external threat of war.

... An acceptable economic surrogate for the war system will require the expenditure of resources for completely nonproductive purposes at a level comparable to that of the military expenditures otherwise demanded by the size and complexity of each society.

... A viable political substitute for war must posit a generalized external menace to each society of a nature and degree sufficient to require the organization and acceptance of political authority.

... A credible substitute for war must generate an omnipresent and readily understood fear of personal destruction. This fear must be of a nature and degree sufficient to ensure adherence to societal values to the full extent that they are acknowledged to transcend the value of individual human life.

... Substitute institutions ... have been proposed for consideration as replacements for the nonmilitary functions of war. They include an omnipresent, virtually omnipotent international police force, an established and recognized extraterrestrial menace, massive global environmental pollution, fictitious alternate enemies.


... Programs generally derived from the Peace Corps model, a modern, sophisticated form of slavery... intensified environmental pollution, new religions or combination mythologies, socially oriented blood games... a comprehensive program of applied eugenics.

... We propose the establishment, under executive order of the President, of a permanent War/Peace Research Agency... It will be responsible solely to the President, or to other officers of government temporarily deputized by him. Its operations will be governed entirely by its own rules of procedure. Its authority will expressly include the unlimited right to withhold information on its activities and its decisions, from anyone except the President, whenever it deems such secrecy to be in the public interest.

... The War/Peace research agency's ... principal responsibility will be 'War Research'. Its fundamental objective will be to ensure the continuing viability of the war system to fulfill its essential nonmilitary functions for as long as the war system is judged necessary or desirable for the survival of society.

 

NONE DARE CALL IT CONSPIRACY
THE GLOBAL FINANCIAL ELITE'S PLAN TO CONTROL THE WORLD

"The next step is the Great Merger of all nations of the world into a dictatorial world government. This was the main reason behind the push to bring Red China into the United Nations. If you want to control the natural resources, transportation, commerce and banking for the whole world, you must put everybody under the same roof.The Insiders [global financial elite] of the Ford, Carnegie and Rockefeller foundations are making the plans for a one world government. The real name of the game is 1984. We will have systematic population reduction, forced sterilization or anything else which the planners deem necessary to establish absolute control in their humanitarian utopia. But to enforce these plans, you must have an all-powerful world government. You can't do this if individual nations have sovereignty. And before you can facilitate the Great Merger, you must first centralize control within each nation, destroy the local police and remove the guns from the hands of the citizenry. You must replace our once free Constitutional Republic with an all-powerful central government."

"None Dare Call It Conspiracy" by Gary Allen

 

"While wars and revolutions have been useful to international bankers in gaining or increasing control over governments, the key to such control has always been control of money. You can control a government if you have it in your debt - a creditor is in a position to demand the privileges of monopoly from the sovereign. Money-seeking governments have granted monopolies in state banking, natural resources, oil concessions and transportation. However, the monopoly which the international financiers most covet is control over a nation's money."

"None Dare Call It Conspiracy" by Gary Allen

 

"There is a conspiracy to control the world by power-mad billionaires... This conspiracy is not made up solely of bankers and international cartelists... Starting with Voltaire and Adam Weishaupt and running through John Ruskin, Sidney Webb, Nicholas Murray Butler, Henry Kissinger and John Kenneth Galbraith, it has always been the scholar looking for avenues of power who has shown the sons of the very powerful how their wealth could be used to rule the world."

"None Dare Call It Conspiracy" by Gary Allen

 

"The Federal Reserve put control over the nation's economy in the hands of international bankers. The Federal Reserve controls the money supply, which allows manipulators to create alternate cycles of boom and bust - a roller coaster economy. This allows those in the know to make fabulous amounts of money, but even more important, allows the insiders to control the economy and further centralize power in the federal government."

"None Dare Call It Conspiracy" by Gary Allen

 

"For centuries there has been big money to be made by international bankers in the financing of governments and kings... the ultimate advantage the creditor has over the king or president is that if the ruler gets out of line the banker can finance his enemy or rival."

"None Dare Call It Conspiracy" by Gary Allen

 

"If you wanted a national monopoly, you must control a national socialist government. If you want - a worldwide monopoly, you must control a world socialist government. That is what the game is all about. "Communism" is not a movement of the downtrodden masses but is a movement created, manipulated and used by power-seeking billionaires in order to gain control over the world."

"None Dare Call It Conspiracy" by Gary Allen

 

"Since the keystone of the international banking empires has been government bonds, it has been in the interest of international bankers to encourage government debt. The higher the debt the more the interest. Nothing drives government deeply into debt like a war; and it has not been an uncommon practice among international bankers to finance both sides of the bloodiest military conflicts."

"None Dare Call It Conspiracy" by Gary Allen

 

"Using a central bank to create alternate periods of inflation and deflation, and thus whipsawing the public for vast profits, had been worked out by the international bankers to an exact science."

"None Dare Call It Conspiracy" by Gary Allen

 

"To think that the scientifically engineered Crash of 1929 was an accident or the result of stupidity defies all logic. The international bankers who promoted the inflationary policies and pushed the propaganda which pumped up the stock market represented too many generations of accumulated expertise to have blundered into 'the great depression'."

"None Dare Call It Conspiracy" by Gary Allen

 

"During the American Civil War, the North was financed by the Rothschilds through their American agent, August Belmont, and the American South through the Erlangers, Rothschild relatives."

"None Dare Call It Conspiracy" by Gary Allen

 

"In the Bolshevik Revolution we have some of the world's richest and most powerful men financing a movement which claims its very existence is based on the concept of stripping of their wealth, men like the Rothschids, Rockefellers, Schiffs, Warburgs, Morgans, Harrimans, and Milners. But obviously these men have no fear of international Communism. It is only logical to assume that if they financed it and do not fear it, it must be because they control it."

"None Dare Call It Conspiracy" by Gary Allen

 

"Between 1923 and 1929, the Federal Reserve expanded the money supply by sixty-two percent. Much of this new money was used to bid the stock market up to dizzying heights.
... After the Governor of the Bank of England Montagu Norman visited Washington on February 6, 1929... the Federal Reserve Board reversed its easy money policy and began raising the discount rate. The balloon which had been inflated constantly for nearly seven years was about to be exploded.
... When everything was ready, the New York financiers started calling 24 hour broker call loans. This meant that the stockbrokers and the customers had to dump their stock on the market in order to pay the loans. This naturally collapsed the stock market and brought a banking collapse all over the country because the banks not owned by the oligarchy were heavily involved in broker call claims at this time, and bank runs soon exhausted their coin and currency and they had to close.
... The investing public, including most stock brokers and bankers, took a horrendous blow in the 1929 crash, but not the international financial "Insiders". They were either out of the market or had sold "short" so that they made enormous profits as the Dow Jones plummeted."

"None Dare Call It Conspiracy" by Gary Allen

 

"Two months prior to the passage of the Federal Reserve Act, the international financiers had created the mechanism to collect the funds to pay the interest on the national debt. That mechanism was the progressive income tax.
One quite naturally assumes that the graduated income tax would be opposed by the wealthy. The fact is that many of the wealthiest Americans supported it. Some, no doubt, out of altruism and because, at first, the taxes were very small. But others backed the scheme because they already had a plan for permanently avoiding both the income tax and the subsequent inheritance tax.
... The best way for the [global financial elite] Insiders to eliminate growing competition was to impose a progressive income tax on their competitors while writing the laws so as to include built-in escape hatches for themselves.
... The escape hatch for the Insiders to avoid paying taxes was ready. By the time the income tax Amendment had been approved by the states, the Rockefeller and Carnegie foundations were in full operation. The monopolists could now compound their wealth tax-free while competitors had to face a graduated income tax which made it difficult to amass capital.
... What it the income tax became, finally, was a siphon gradually inserted into the pocketbooks of the general public. Imposed to popular huzzas as a class tax, the income tax was gradually turned into a mass tax in a jujitsu turnaround."

"None Dare Call It Conspiracy" by Gary Allen

 

PROTOCOLS OF THE LEARNED ELDERS OF ZION
A HOAX OR A BLUEPRINT FOR TOTALITARIAN WORLD CONTROL?

"The Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion is a blueprint by a moneyed and privileged elite - the world's most powerful men and women - to subjugate the entire world."

Texe Marrs

 

"Whosoever was the mind that conceived them [Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion] possessed a knowledge of human nature, of history and of statecraft which is dazzling in its brilliant completeness, and terrible in the objects to which it turns its powers. Neither a madman nor an intentional criminal, but more likely a super-mind mastered by devotion to a people and a faith could be the author, if indeed one mind alone conceived them. It is too terribly real for fiction, too well sustained for speculation, too deep in its knowledge of the secret springs of life for forgery."

Dearborn Independent, July 10, 1920

 

"The presumption is strong that the Protocols [of the Learned Elders of Zion] were issued, or reissued, at the First Zionist Congress held at Basle (Switzerland) in 1897 under the presidency of the Father of Modern Zionism, the late Theodore Herzl."

Victor E. Marsden
who translated into English "The Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion" which Sergyei Nilus published in Russia in 1905

 

"About a year ago a representative of the Department of Justice submitted to me a copy of the manuscript of "The Jewish Peril" by Professor Nilus, and asked for my opinion of the work. He said that the manuscript was a translation of a Russian book published in 1905 which was later suppressed. The manuscript was supposed to contain 'protocols' of the Wise Men of Zion and was supposed to have been read by Dr. Herzl at a secret conference of the Zionist Congress at Basle. He expressed the opinion that the work was probably that of Dr. Theodor Herzl... He said that some American Senators who had seen the manuscript were amazed to find that so many years ago a scheme had been elaborated by the Jews which is now being carried out, and that Bolshevism had been planned years ago by Jews who sought to destroy the world."

Herman Bernstein, "American Hebrew", June 25, 1920

 

"Since its publication [Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion] at the turn of the 20th century, the Jews, who even then, controlled most public discourse through their ownership of the media and the influence of their wealthy lobby groups, have sought to suppress its publication and distribution.
As a result, no standard publisher dares publish the Protocols and you will not find it on the shelves of any retail bookstore or outlet in America or the Western world. The fact is that Jewish elite also own the major publishing houses."

Texe Marrs

 

"Only force conquers in political affairs, especially if it be concealed in the talents essential to statesmen. Violence must be the principle, and cunning and make-believe the rule for governments... Therefore we must not stop at bribery, deceit and treachery when they should serve towards the attainment of our end. In politics one must know how to seize the property of others without hesitation if by it we secure submission and sovereignty."

Protocol 1 - Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion

 

"We have set up the aristocracy of our educated class headed by the aristocracy of money. The qualifications for this aristocracy we have established in wealth."

Protocol 1 - Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion

 

"It is essential to teach in national schools ... the division of men into classes and conditions... the peoples will voluntarily submit to authority and accept such position as is appointed them in the State."

Protocol 3 - Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion

 

"We shall create by all the secret subterranean methods open to us and with the aid of gold, which is all in our hands, a universal economic crisis whereby we shall throw upon the streets whole mobs of workers simultaneously in all the countries of Europe. These mobs will rush delightedly to shed the blood of those whom, in the simplicity of their ignorance, they have envied from their cradles, and whose property they will then be able to loot."

Protocol 3 - Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion

 

"We shall create an intensified centralisation of government in order to grip in our hands all the forces of the community. We shall regulate mechanically all the actions of the political life of our subjects by new laws ... and our kingdom will be distinguished by a despotism of such magnificent proportions as to be at any moment and in every place in a position to wipe out any goyim who oppose us by deed or word."

Protocol 5 - Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion

 

"We have set one against another ... religious and race hatreds... We are too strong - there is no evading our power. The nations cannot come to even an inconsiderable private agreement without our secretly having a hand in it."

Protocol 5 - Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion

 

"[The] engine of the machinery of States is - Gold. The science of political economy invented by our learned elders has for long past been giving royal prestige to capital... Capital, if it is to co-operate untrammelled, must be free to establish a monopoly of industry and trade."

Protocol 5 - Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion

 

"In order to put public opinion into our hands we must bring it into a state of bewilderment, by giving expression, from all sides, to so many contradictory opinions and for such a length of time as will suffice to make the goyim lose their heads in the labyrinth and come to see that the best thing is to have no opinion of any kind in matters political."

Protocol 5 - Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion

 

"We shall so wear down the goyim, that they will be compelled to offer us international power, of a nature that, by its position, will enable us, without any violence, gradually to absorb all the state forces of the world and to form a Super-Government."

Protocol 5 - Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion

 

"We shall soon begin to establish huge monopolies, reservoirs of colossal riches, upon which, even large fortunes of the goyim will depend."

Protocol 6 - Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion

 

"What we want is that industry should drain off from the land both labour and capital and, by means of speculation, transfer into our hands all the money of the world."

Protocol 6 - Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion

 

"The intensification of armaments, the increase of police forces - are all essential ... that there should be, in all the States of the world; besides ourselves, only the masses of the proletariat; a few millionaires devoted to our interests; police and soldiers."

Protocol 7 - Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion

 

"We must create ferments; discords and hostility. Therein we gain a double advantage. In the first place we keep in check all countries, for they will know that we have the power, whenever we like, to create disorders or to restore order. All these countries are accustomed to see in us an indispensable force of coercion. In the second place, by our intrigues we shall tangle up all the threads which we have stretched into the cabinets of all States; by means of the political; by economic treaties, or loan obligations."

Protocol 7 - Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion

 

"We must be in a position to respond to every act of opposition; by war with the neighbours of that country which dares to oppose us: but if these neighbours should also venture to stand collectively together against us, then we must offer resistance by a universal war."

Protocol 7 - Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion

 

"The Press which, with few exceptions that may be disregarded, is already, entirely in our hands."

Protocol 7 - Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion

 

"We shall surround our government with a whole world of economists. That is the reason why economic sciences form the principal subject of the teaching given to the Jews. Around us again will be a whole constellation of bankers; industrialists; capitalists and - the main thing - millionaires; because in substance, everything will be settled by the question of figures."

Protocol 8 - Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion

 

"We shall put [responsible posts] in the hands of persons whose past and reputation are such that between them and the people lies an abyss, persons who, in case of disobedience to our instructions, must face criminal charges or disappear - this in order to make them defend our interests to their last gasp."

Protocol 8 - Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion

 

"Our Super-Government subsists in extra-legal conditions, which are described, in the accepted terminology, by the energetic and forcible word - Dictatorship.
... We rule by force of will ... the weapons in our hands are limitless ambitions; burning greediness; merciless vengeance; hatreds and malice."

Protocol 9 - Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion

 

"Division into fractional parties has given them into our hands, for, in order to carry on a contested struggle one must have money, and the money is all in our hands."

Protocol 9 - Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion

 

"We have got our hands into the administration of the law; into the conduct of elections; into the press; into liberty of the person; but principally into education and training as being the cornerstones of a free existence."

Protocol 9 - Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion

 

"We shall arrange elections in favour of such presidents as have in their past some dark, undiscovered stain ... then they will be trustworthy agents for the accomplishment of our plans, out of fear of revelations and from the natural desire of everyone who has attained power, namely, the retention of the privileges, advantages and honour connected with the office of president.
... We shall invest the president with the right of declaring a state of war.
... The president will, at our discretion, interpret the sense of such of the existing laws as admit of various interpretation; he will further annul them when we indicate to him the necessity to do so."

Protocol 10 - Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion

 

"We shall obtain the power of destroying, little by little, step by step, all ... to prepare for the transition to an imperceptible abolition of every kind of constitution, and then the time is come to turn every form of government into our despotism.
The recognition of our despot may also come before the destruction of the constitution; the moment for this recognition will come when the peoples, utterly wearied by the irregularities and incompetence - a matter which we shall arrange for - of their rulers, will clamour."

Protocol 10 - Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion

 

"It is indispensable, to trouble, in all countries, the people's relations with their governments, so as to utterly exhaust humanity with dissension; hatred; struggle; envy and even by the use of torture; by starvation; by the inoculation of disease; by want, so that the goyim see no other course open to them than to take refuge in our complete sovereignty in money and in all else.
But if we give the nations of the world a breathing-space the moment we long for is hardly likely ever to arrive."

Protocol 10 - Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion

 

"The freedom of the Press; the right of association; freedom of conscience; the voting principle; and many anothers must disappear for ever from the memory of man, or undergo a radical alteration the day after the promulgation of the new constitution. It is only at the moment that we shall be able at once to announce all our orders.
... What we want is that from the first moment of its promulgation, while the peoples of the world are still stunned by the accomplished fact of the revolution, still in a condition of terror and uncertainty, they should recognise once and for all that we are so strong, so inexpugnable, so super-abundantly filled with power, that in no case shall we take any account of them, and so far from paying any attention to their opinions or wishes, we are ready and able to crush with irresistible power all expression or manifestation thereof at every moment and in every place, that we have seized at once everything we wanted and shall in no case divide our power with them ... Then in fear and trembling they will close their eyes to everything, and be content to await what will be the end of it all.
... We shall keep promising them [the people] to give back all the liberties we have taken away as soon as we have quelled the enemies of peace and tamed all parties. It is not worth to say anything about how long a time they will be kept waiting for this return of their liberties."

Protocol 11 - Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion

 

"We shall saddle and bridle [the press] with a tight curb.
... Among those making attacks upon us will also be organs established by us, but they will attack exclusively points that we have pre-determined to alter.
Not a single announcement will reach the public without our control. Even now this is already being attained by us inasmuch as all news items are received by a few agencies, in whose offices they are focused from all parts of the world. These agencies will then be already entirely ours and will give publicity only to what we dictate to them.
... Literature and journalism are two of the most important educative forces, and therefore our government will become proprietor of the majority of the journals. This will neutralise the injurious influence of the privately-owned press and will put us in possession of a tremendous influence upon the public mind."

Protocol 12 - Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion

 

"All journals published by us will be of the most opposite, in appearance, tendencies and opinions, thereby creating confidence in us and bringing over to us quite unsuspicious opponents, who will thus fall into our trap and be rendered harmless.
... All our newspapers will be of all possible complexions - aristocratic, republican, revolutionary, even anarchical - for so long, of course, as the constitution exists... they will have a hundred hands, and every one of them will have a finger on any one of the public opinions as required. When a pulse quickens these hands will lead opinion in the direction of our aims, for an excited patient loses all power of judgement and easily yields to suggestion. Those fools who will think they are repeating the opinion of a newspaper of their own camp will be repeating our opinion or any opinion that seems desirable for us. In the vain belief that they are following the organ of their party they will, in fact, follow the flag which we hang out for them.
... We shall be in a position, as from time to time may be required, to excite or to tranquillise the public mind on political questions, to persuade or to confuse, printing now truth, now lies, facts or their contradictions, according as they may be well or ill received."

Protocol 12 - Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion

 

"In order that the masses themselves may not guess what they are about, we further distract them with amusements; games; pastimes; passions; people's palaces. Soon we shall begin through the press to propose competitions in art; in sport of all kinds: these interests will finally distract their minds from questions in which we should find ourselves compelled to oppose them. Growing more and more dis-accustomed to reflect and form any opinions of their own, people will begin to talk in the same tone as we, because we alone shall be offering them new directions for thought."

Protocol 13 - Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion

 

"How far-seeing were our learned elders in ancient times, when they said, that to attain a serious end, it behoves not to stop at any means or to count the victims sacrificed for the sake of that end... We have not counted the victims of the seed of the goy cattle, though we have sacrificed many of our own, but for that we have now already given them such a position on the Earth as they could not even have dreamed of. The comparatively small numbers of the victims, from the number of ours, have preserved our nationality from destruction."

Protocol 15 - Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion

 

"When comes the time of our overt rule, the time to manifest its blessing, we shall remake all legislatures, all our laws will be brief, plain, stable, without any kind of interpretations, so that anyone will be in a position to know them perfectly. The main feature which will run right through them is submission to orders."

Protocol 15 - Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion

 

"All the money in the world will be concentrated in our hands."

Protocol 15 - Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion

 

"Our government will have the appearance of a patriarchal paternal guardianship on the part of the ruler. Our own nation and our subjects will discern in his person a father caring for their every need... They will then be so thoroughly imbued with the thought that it is impossible for them to dispense with this wardship and guidance; if they wish to live in peace and quiet; that they will acknowledge the autocracy of our ruler.
... They will be rejoiced that we have regulated everything in their lives, as is done by wise parents who desire to train children in the cause of duty and submission.
When the King of Israel sets upon his sacred head the crown offered him by Europe he will become patriarch of the world."

Protocol 15 - Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion

 

"We shall emasculate ... the universities, by re-educating them in a new direction. Their officials and professors will be prepared for their business by detailed secret programmes of action from which they will not with immunity diverge, not by one iota. They will be appointed with especial precaution, and will be so placed as to be wholly dependent on the Government.
... When we are in power we shall remove every kind of disturbing subject from the course of education and shall make, out of the youth, obedient children of authority.
... We shall erase from the memory of men all facts of previous centuries which are undesirable to us.
We shall abolish every kind of freedom of instruction."

Protocol 16 - Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion

 

"We shall arrange a simulation of disorders, or some manifestation of discontents finding expression through the co-operation of good speakers. Round these speakers will assemble all who are sympathetic to his utterances. This will give us the pretext for domiciliary perquisitions (diligent searches) and surveillance on the part of our servants from among the number of the goyim police."

Protocol 18 - Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion

 

"Economic crises have been produced by us for the goyim by no other means than the withdrawal of money from circulation."

Protocol 20 - Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion

 

"The gold standard has been the ruin of the States which adopted it, for it has not been able to satisfy the demands for money, the more so that we have removed gold from circulation as possible."

Protocol 20 - Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion

 

"Loans hang like a sword of Damocles over the heads of rulers, who, instead of taking from their subjects by a temporary tax, come begging with outstretched palm of our bankers. Foreign loans are leeches which there is no possibility of removing from the body of the State, until they fall off of themselves, or the State flings them off."

Protocol 20 - Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion

 

"The goyim ... have been borrowing from us, with payment of interest, without ever thinking that all the same these very moneys, plus an addition for payment of interest, must be got by them from their own State pockets in order to settle up with us. What could have been simpler than to take the money they wanted from their own people?
But it is a proof of the genius of our chosen mind that we have contrived to present the matter of loans to them in such a light that they have even seen in them an advantage for themselves."

Protocol 20 - Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion

 

 

email - infotwt@thirdworldtraveler.com

IN YOUR EMAIL PLEASE INDICATE WHICH WEBSITE YOU ARE VISITING (TEN WEBSITES ARE ONLINE)